13.04.2013 Views

Technical Manual - Tunstall GmbH

Technical Manual - Tunstall GmbH

Technical Manual - Tunstall GmbH

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

CONCENTO PLUS<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong><br />

COMMUNICATION IN PERFECTION<br />

For nursing homes and assisted living –<br />

Safety in accordance with DIN VDE 0834 Part 1 and 2


This manual was compiled with great care and all the information it contains has been checked for correctness.<br />

However, no liability can be accepted for incorrect or incomplete information.<br />

All rights reserved, particularly those relating to copying and dissemination. No part of the documentation may be re‐<br />

produced or electronically processed, copied or disseminated without the prior written permission of <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>.<br />

We reserve the right to make technical changes. We reserve the right to make content changes.<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>


CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

Contents<br />

1. Safety ................................... 3<br />

1.1 About this chapter ................................ 3<br />

1.2 Organisational measures .......................... 3<br />

1.3 Symbols in the manual ............................ 4<br />

1.4 Intended use .................................... 4<br />

1.5 General safety regulations ......................... 5<br />

1.6 Standards ....................................... 6<br />

2. Prior knowledge required ................. 7<br />

2.1 System overview ................................. 7<br />

2.2 System structure ................................. 8<br />

2.3 Physical and logical groups ........................ 10<br />

2.4 ConLogPLUS Management Software ................. 11<br />

2.5 Telephone connection ............................ 12<br />

3. Room types ............................. 15<br />

3.1 Cables legend ................................... 15<br />

3.2 Patient / resident room ............................ 16<br />

3.3 Staff room ...................................... 21<br />

3.4 Function room ................................... 22<br />

3.5 Ward bathroom .................................. 24<br />

3.6 WC with multiple cubicles ......................... 26<br />

3.7 Lounge / dining room ............................. 28<br />

3.8 Apartment in assisted living ........................ 32<br />

4. Accessories required ..................... 35<br />

5. Installation examples ..................... 37<br />

5.1 Nurse call system with speech: High volume of calls .. 38<br />

5.2 Nurse call system with speech: Low call volume ..... 39<br />

5.3 Nurse call system without speech .................. 40<br />

5.4 Assisted living ................................... 41<br />

5.5 Connection diagrams ............................. 42<br />

5.6 Extension of the interface between the Management<br />

Interface and radio paging system .................. 46<br />

6. Installation sequence ..................... 47<br />

7. Defining mounting positions .............. 49<br />

7.1 General requirements ............................. 49<br />

7.2 Mounting heights ................................. 50<br />

7.3 Recommendations for CONCENTOPLUS ............. 51<br />

8. Laying cables ............................ 55<br />

8.1 Cables legend ................................... 55<br />

8.2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) ................<br />

56<br />

1


2<br />

8.3 Power supply cable (code: k) ...................... 57<br />

8.4 Current requirement .............................. 60<br />

8.5 Group bus and ward bus (code: c) .................. 61<br />

8.6 Secondary lines (code: a) ......................... 66<br />

9. Switching on the power supply ............ 67<br />

9.1 Checking the cable network ....................... 67<br />

9.2 Installing the power supply unit ..................... 67<br />

9.3 Checking the power supply ........................ 67<br />

10. Configuring the nurse call system ......... 69<br />

10.1 Installing PC with ConLogPLUS ..................... 69<br />

10.2 Configuration to be done with ConLogPLUS ........... 71<br />

10.3 Remote maintenance ............................. 72<br />

11. Function check .......................... 73<br />

11.1 Checking that the nurse call system is free of faults ... 74<br />

11.2 Checking the light call function of each room ......... 76<br />

12. Product leaflets .......................... 79<br />

13. Programming tables, checklist ............<br />

89<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

1. Safety<br />

It is essential that you read this chapter carefully before you start working with<br />

the nurse call system.<br />

1.1 About this chapter<br />

CONCENTO PLUS products have been manufactured in accordance with the<br />

state of the art. Nevertheless, hazards can arise when they are being installed,<br />

modified or uninstalled if the technicians carrying out the work are not suffi‐<br />

ciently skilled or if they do not follow the safety instructions. Danger to the life<br />

and safety of the fitters or third parties and damage to the products and other<br />

property can arise.<br />

The information in this chapter is of a general nature. Special warning notices<br />

can be found in the text in places where the potentially hazardous action is de‐<br />

scribed.<br />

1.2 Organisational measures<br />

Electrical systems may only be set up, extended, modified and serviced by au‐<br />

thorised persons. In addition to the electricity supply companies, these are the<br />

electricians registered with these companies. The electrician must register all<br />

commissioning of electrical systems with the electricity supply company: This<br />

means that the electrician is also responsible for the system's safety and func‐<br />

tional capability.<br />

Commercial operators (connectees) of electrical systems and equipment must<br />

arrange for regular servicing and maintenance. They are also responsible for<br />

this in the legal sense. This necessary work and checks must be done by skilled<br />

electricians.<br />

Among other things, the German standard DIN VDE 0834/2000-4 stipulates<br />

that all electrical work on nurse call systems in hospitals, retirement homes and<br />

similar facilities may only be done by a suitably trained expert. As defined by<br />

this standard, experts are trained persons who possess the specialist know‐<br />

ledge to assemble and check a nurse call system in accordance with the valid<br />

standards, and to certify its functional capability. Note: <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong> runs<br />

one-day training courses for the purpose of qualifying as an expert for nurse<br />

call systems.<br />

This manual is intended for skilled electricians holding the qualification ”nurse<br />

call systems expert”.<br />

Read this manual (and particularly the ”Safety” chapter) before commencing<br />

with the installation. It is too late once you are working!<br />

Keep this manual and all other necessary documents to hand while working.<br />

3


1. Safety<br />

4<br />

In addition to the manual, also follow all generally applicable legal and other<br />

binding regulations that cover accident prevention and environmental protec‐<br />

tion.<br />

All parts installed must conform to the technical requirements specified by<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>. This is always guaranteed with original parts.<br />

1.3 Symbols in the manual<br />

This manual contains the following symbols for particularly important informa‐<br />

tion:<br />

Warning! This symbol indicates an action that can result in a danger to persons<br />

(risk of death and injury).<br />

Warning! This symbol indicates an action that can result in a danger to persons<br />

from electrical voltage or electrical current. .<br />

Components at risk from electrostatic charges! This symbol indicates com‐<br />

ponents at risk from electrostatic charges. Avoid touching these parts so as not<br />

to destroy them.<br />

Caution! This symbol indicates an action that can result in material damage to<br />

a unit from electrical voltage or electrical current.<br />

Note! Here you will find additional information and tips.<br />

The text contains a few symbols that always indicate the same thing:<br />

A square in front of the text means:<br />

„This is part of a list.“<br />

A solid circle in front of the text means:<br />

„You must do this.“<br />

An open circle in front of the text means:<br />

„This is the result of an action.“<br />

1.4 Intended use<br />

All CONCENTO PLUS products are only intended for installation in the nurse call<br />

system and also only in the manner described in this manual. Any different or<br />

additional use is deemed incorrect. <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong> shall not be liable for any<br />

damage resulting from such incorrect use.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


1.5 General safety regulations<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

1. Safety<br />

The safety and warning notices contained in this manual, the national acci‐<br />

dent prevention regulations and any internal work, operational and safety<br />

regulations of the operator must be obeyed.<br />

Forbid all ways of working that could jeopardise safety.<br />

Familiarise yourself with the working environment before starting work. The<br />

working environment includes, for example, obstacles in the working and<br />

traffic area.<br />

Use only original fuses with the specified current rating.<br />

Work only when the system is de-energised.<br />

Installed system components on which work is being carried out must be<br />

de-energised. Check the de-energised parts first to ensure that no voltage<br />

is present.<br />

If it is necessary to work on conductive parts, have a second person present<br />

who can switch the main switch in an emergency.<br />

Switch off the power immediately if there is a fault. Do not continue working<br />

until the fault has been remedied.<br />

Protect all devices against direct moisture.<br />

There are CONCENTOPLUS products that are fitted with components at risk<br />

from electrostatic charges. These components can be destroyed by an<br />

electrostatic charge. Therefore, avoid any contact with these components.<br />

For further information about setting up and the functional check, refer to<br />

the German standard DIN VDE 0834, Parts 1 and 2.<br />

5


1. Safety<br />

1.6 Standards<br />

6<br />

t is essential to attend to the following standards that are relevant to nurse call<br />

systems:<br />

DIN VDE 0834-1 0834-1:2000-04: Call systems in hospitals, nursing homes<br />

and similar institutions - Part 1: Requirements for equipment, erection and<br />

operation<br />

DIN VDE 0834-2; VDE 0834-2:2000-04: Call systems in hospitals, nursing<br />

homes and similar institutions - Part 2: - Environmental conditions and elec‐<br />

tromagnetic compatibility<br />

ISO 11197: Medical supply units<br />

EN 60601-1: Medical electrical equipment - Part 1: General requirements<br />

for basic safety and essential performance<br />

EN 60601-1-1: Medical electrical equipment - Part 1: General safety re‐<br />

quirements for medical electrical systems<br />

EN 50081-1: Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), basic specification for<br />

emitted interference<br />

EN 50082-1: Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), basic specification for<br />

immunity to interference<br />

DIN VDE 0100: Rules for the installation of high-voltage systems with nom‐<br />

inal voltage up to 1000 V<br />

DIN VDE 0100-710: Erection of low-voltage installations - Requirements for<br />

special installations or locations Part 710: Medical locations<br />

EN 60950-1: Information technology equipment “Safety“ Part 1: General re‐<br />

quirements<br />

All other national installation guidelines must also be followed. Any state or re‐<br />

gional regulations must also be adhered to, e.g. Hospital Construction Ordi‐<br />

nance.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


2. Prior knowledge required<br />

2.1 System overview<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> room<br />

Ward 2<br />

ESPA 4.4.4<br />

Paging sys‐<br />

tem/DECT<br />

analog a/b<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> room<br />

Ward 1<br />

analog a/b<br />

Central technical room<br />

LAN LAN for<br />

remote maintenance<br />

Fig. 1: System overview<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

7


2. Prior knowledge required<br />

2.2 System structure<br />

8<br />

Group bus<br />

Group<br />

electronic<br />

Group<br />

electronic<br />

LAN<br />

LAN for<br />

ESPA 4.4.4<br />

remote maintenance Paging/DECT<br />

Fig. 2: System structure<br />

Ward bus<br />

Secondary lines Secondary lines<br />

Room 1 Room 2<br />

Ward bus<br />

Secondary lines Secondary lines<br />

Room 1 Room 2<br />

Physical group 2<br />

Physical group 1<br />

The CONCENTO PLUS nurse call system is controlled decentrally via Group<br />

Electronics. Each Group Electronic controls a ward bus, i.e. a physical group.<br />

The nurse call system is based on a bus system that is comprised of a group<br />

bus and ward buses. The group bus interconnects all Group Electronics, the<br />

Management Interface and the fire alarm interface of the nurse call system. The<br />

ward bus is connected to a Group Electronic and connects all room terminals<br />

of a physical group to each other: Terminal SD6 P, Terminal S4 P, Terminal S4<br />

B, display modules, call/presence combination bus (RAB) and Management In‐<br />

terface.<br />

The room terminals control the devices inside a room. The devices are connec‐<br />

ted to the room terminal in a star or line configuration as ”secondary lines”.<br />

The Management Interface provides interfaces to external systems. It is con‐<br />

nected to the group bus or the ward bus, depending on the application. The Ma‐<br />

nagement Interface provides interfaces to the following systems: a/b interface<br />

to telephone systems, ESPA 4.4.4 interface to DECT or pager systems and a<br />

network access for service access via FTP.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

2. Prior knowledge required<br />

CONCENTO PLUS ' own ConLog PLUS management software is also connected<br />

to the Management Interface via an RS232 interface. The entire nurse call sys‐<br />

tem is configured via the ConLog PLUS management software.<br />

The system's power supply is provided via decentrally installed power supply<br />

units. The number and installation location of the power supply units depend<br />

on the respective power requirement.<br />

2.2.1 Speech communication<br />

Speech communication and data transfer are separate from each other. This<br />

means that nurse call systems are possible with or without speech communica‐<br />

tion. Mixed operation is possible with no problem.<br />

The speech line connects the system's own speech devices:<br />

Terminal SD6 P<br />

Terminal S4 P<br />

Terminal S4 B<br />

One speech channel is available for each physical group.<br />

Besides speech communication within the nurse call system, speech commu‐<br />

nication via telephone devices connected to the CONCENTO PLUS nurse call<br />

system via the analog a/b interface of the Management Interface is also pos‐<br />

sible, see from Page 12.<br />

9


2. Prior knowledge required<br />

2.3 Physical and logical groups<br />

10<br />

Logical group 5<br />

e.g. Ward 5<br />

Logical group 3<br />

e.g. Ward 3<br />

Logical group 1<br />

e.g. Ward 1<br />

Logical group 6<br />

e.g. Ward 6<br />

Logical group 4<br />

e.g. Ward 4<br />

Logical group 2<br />

e.g. Ward 2<br />

Organisation of<br />

the nursing home<br />

Physical group 3<br />

Physical group 2<br />

Physical group 1<br />

CONCENTO PLUS technology<br />

When CONCENTO PLUS was developed, the organisational structure of the in‐<br />

stitution was completely separated from the technical structure.<br />

An organisational unit refers to a number of rooms for which the same staff are<br />

responsible. In most cases this is a ward. The organisational unit is referred to<br />

as a ”logical group”. Most logical groups are wards.<br />

A physical unit refers to a number of rooms that are connected to a ward bus<br />

and that are controlled by a Group Electronic. The physical unit is referred to<br />

as a ”physical group”.<br />

A physical group can consist of several logical groups. A logical group can even<br />

be divided between several physical groups.<br />

This separation between the organisational and physical structures means that<br />

the number of Group Electronics required can be significantly reduced: The<br />

number of Group Electronics and physical groups required is not defined by the<br />

number of logical groups (e.g. wards), but instead depends on the building<br />

structure and the desired reliability.<br />

The independence of the physical structure from the organisation also has the<br />

advantage that when the cables and equipment are being planned, there is ini‐<br />

tially no need to take account of the organisation form that will be required later.<br />

The organisation of the system can be changed at any time, irrespective of the<br />

physical structure.<br />

Logical group = organisational unit = in most cases: Ward<br />

Physical group = physical unit<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


2.4 ConLog PLUS Management Software<br />

19 8000 10<br />

Remote maintenance<br />

Telephone<br />

network<br />

ISDN<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

2. Prior knowledge required<br />

The purpose of the ConLog PLUS management software is the central configura‐<br />

tion and programming of CONCENTO PLUS nurse call systems, and the logging<br />

and evaluation of all system events of these nurse call systems.<br />

The PC with ConLog PLUS is connected to the nurse call system via the Manage‐<br />

ment Interface on the group bus.<br />

ConLog PLUS can be operated as a stand-alone solution or in the network (client/<br />

server structure). One server license (19 0803 00) is required for each nurse<br />

call system. The client license (19 0803 05) is required at each additional work‐<br />

station.<br />

Server<br />

19 0803 00<br />

Management<br />

Interface<br />

19 0800 15<br />

Length: 3 m<br />

Client 1<br />

19 0803 05<br />

Group bus of the<br />

nurse call system<br />

LAN / Ethernet<br />

Client 2<br />

19 0803 05<br />

Client 10<br />

19 0803 05<br />

11


2. Prior knowledge required<br />

2.5 Telephone connection<br />

12<br />

The interface between the CONCENTO PLUS nurse call system and the tele‐<br />

phone equipment is formed by the Management Interface. A telephone system<br />

or the public telephone network (analog) directly can be connected to the<br />

analog a/b interface of the Management Interface. The text messages are sent<br />

via the ESPA 4.4.4 protocol (ESPA 4.4.4 interface on the Management In‐<br />

terface). Communication with the Telecare Control Centres PNC or WILMA is<br />

established via the CPC protocol.<br />

Each Management Interface provides a speech channel for telephoning. When<br />

planning the telephone connection, consideration must therefore be given as<br />

to how many speech channels are required.<br />

2.5.1 Ward speech<br />

Group bus<br />

When a high number of calls is expected, i.e. when frequent phone calls must<br />

be made, a Management Interface is installed for each ward bus for the purpose<br />

of connection to the telephone network or telephone system.<br />

LAN<br />

LAN for<br />

remote<br />

maintenance<br />

Group<br />

electronic<br />

Group<br />

electronic<br />

Management<br />

Interface<br />

Management<br />

Interface<br />

Management<br />

Interface<br />

analog a/b<br />

analog a/b<br />

Fig. 3: Ward speech example<br />

Ward bus<br />

Ward bus<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


2.5.2 Group speech<br />

Group bus<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

2. Prior knowledge required<br />

When a smaller number of calls is expected, i.e. when phone calls must be<br />

made less frequently, the Management Interface on the group bus takes over<br />

connection to the telephone network or telephone system centrally.<br />

LAN<br />

LAN for<br />

remote<br />

maintenance<br />

Group<br />

electronic<br />

Group<br />

electronic<br />

Management<br />

Interface<br />

analog a/b<br />

Telephone<br />

network<br />

Fig. 4: Group speech example<br />

Ward bus<br />

Ward bus<br />

Telecare Control Centre<br />

13


2. Prior knowledge required<br />

14<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

3. Room types<br />

Frequently used room types are explained in the following pages on the basis<br />

of equipment examples.<br />

3.1 Cables legend<br />

The following letters are used for cables in the room type plans:<br />

Code Cable type Area of use<br />

a IY(ST)Y 2x2x0,8 - Secondary lines (except switches with 2 buttons,<br />

e.g. Call & cancel switch/WC)<br />

- Ward bus without speech (minimum requirement)<br />

- Group bus without speech (minimum requirement)<br />

c IY(ST)Y 4x2x0,8 - Ward bus with or without speech<br />

- Group bus with or without speech<br />

- Secondary lines to switches with 2 buttons, e.g.<br />

Call & cancel switch/WC<br />

k NYM 2x2,5 mm2 or<br />

NYM 2x1,5 mm2 or equivalent<br />

Power supply, equipotential bonding<br />

15


3. Room types<br />

3.2 Patient / resident room<br />

3.2.1 Patient / resident room with speech<br />

Ward bus Ward bus<br />

16<br />

c+k<br />

c+k<br />

19 0700 20<br />

a<br />

c+k<br />

a<br />

77 0180 10<br />

a<br />

19 0709 00<br />

a<br />

a<br />

19 0708 00<br />

a<br />

19 0790 02<br />

19 0790 02<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

19 0704 20<br />

19 0704 00<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


Per room<br />

Per bed<br />

In WC room<br />

Terminal SD6 P or<br />

Terminal S4 P<br />

Pull cord kit for terminal (optional)<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, glass decor<br />

Call switch with 2 connection sockets or<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

Pear push switch with call and light switch, 3 m or<br />

Pear push switch with call switch, 3 m or<br />

Pear push switch with call and light switch, 3 m or<br />

Pear push switch with 2 call switches, 3 m<br />

Self-releasing adapter for pear push switch (optional)<br />

Extension cable for pear push switch (optional)<br />

Cancel switch/WC or<br />

Call & cancel switch/WC<br />

It must be possible to reach a call device from the<br />

wash basin, WC, shower and bath tub. Selection:<br />

Call switch<br />

Pull cord switch (x in order no. stands for frame: J = Jung AS 500, G =<br />

Gira Standard 55 matt, GG = Gira Standard 55 glossy, M = Merten<br />

M-SMART, B = Berker S.1)<br />

Pneumatic switch (x in order no. stands for frame: J = Jung AS 500, G =<br />

Gira Standard 55 matt, GG = Gira Standard 55 glossy, M = Merten<br />

M-SMART, B = Berker S.1)<br />

In the seat corner (optional)<br />

Call device, e.g. call switch or<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

For accessories required, see accessories table, Page 35.<br />

For cable legend, see Page 15.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

3. Room types<br />

19 0700 20<br />

19 0700 40<br />

19 1421 10<br />

77 0180 10<br />

77 0181 10<br />

77 0185 10<br />

19 0704 20<br />

19 0704 00<br />

19 0790 02<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0790 32<br />

19 0790 30<br />

19 0790 04<br />

19 0790 06<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0708 50<br />

19 0708 00<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

19 0707 50x<br />

19 0708 00<br />

19 0704 00<br />

17


3. Room types<br />

3.2.2 Patient / resident room without speech<br />

Ward bus Ward bus<br />

18<br />

c+k<br />

c+k<br />

19 0700 80<br />

a<br />

c+k<br />

77 0180 10<br />

c<br />

a<br />

19 0708 50<br />

a<br />

a<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

Attention! A cable IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8 is required for<br />

connecting the Call & cancel switch/WC 19 0708 50.<br />

19 0790 02<br />

19 0790 02<br />

19 0704 20<br />

19 0704 00<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


Per room<br />

Per bed<br />

In WC room<br />

Display module or<br />

Call/presence combination bus (RAB)<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, glass decor<br />

Call switch with 2 connection sockets or<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

Pear push switch with call and light switch, 3 m or<br />

Pear push switch with call switch, 3 m or<br />

Pear push switch with call and light switch, 3 m or<br />

Pear push switch with 2 call switches, 3 m<br />

Self-releasing adapter for pear push switch (optional)<br />

Extension cable for pear push switch (optional)<br />

Cancel switch/WC or<br />

Call & cancel switch/WC<br />

It must be possible to reach a call device from the wash basin,<br />

WC, shower and bath tub. Selection:<br />

Call switch<br />

Pull cord switch (x in order no. stands for frame: J = Jung AS 500, G =<br />

Gira Standard 55 matt, GG = Gira Standard 55 glossy, M = Merten<br />

M-SMART, B = Berker S.1)<br />

Pneumatic switch (x in order no. stands for frame: J = Jung AS 500, G =<br />

Gira Standard 55 matt, GG = Gira Standard 55 glossy, M = Merten<br />

M-SMART, B = Berker S.1)<br />

In the seat corner (optional)<br />

Call device, e.g. call switch or<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

For accessories required, see accessories table, Page 35.<br />

For cable legend, see Page 15.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

3. Room types<br />

19 0700 80<br />

19 0701 00<br />

77 0180 10<br />

77 0181 10<br />

77 0185 10<br />

19 0704 20<br />

19 0704 00<br />

19 0790 02<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0790 32<br />

19 0790 30<br />

19 0790 04<br />

19 0790 06<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0708 50<br />

19 0708 00<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

19 0707 50x<br />

19 0708 00<br />

19 0704 00<br />

19


3. Room types<br />

3.2.3 Patient / resident room: Light switching<br />

c+k<br />

20<br />

Ward bus Ward bus c+k<br />

or<br />

Suitable relays<br />

19 0790 02<br />

19 0790 32<br />

Pulse relay (electronic):<br />

ELTAKO, ES60-TX60-24VDC<br />

ELTAKO, ES75-100-12..24 VDC<br />

SCHIELE entrelec TX60-24V<br />

BIAIG electronics TX60-24V<br />

19 0704 20<br />

19 0704 00<br />

Pulse relay (mechanical) *):<br />

ELTAKO, 1S9-24 VDC<br />

*) Attention! When a mechan‐<br />

ELTAKO, S91-100-24 VDC<br />

ical relay is used, it is also ne‐<br />

cessary to use an anti-surge<br />

Switching relay (mechanical) *):<br />

diode, min. 1N4007.<br />

ELTAKO, R12-100-24 VDC (for DIN rail)<br />

ELTAKO, R91-100-24 VDC (flush-mounted / surface-mounted version)<br />

FINDER, 49.61-7024.4050<br />

or<br />

The duration of the generated control signal<br />

corresponds to the time for which the light<br />

switch is pressed on the pear push switch.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


3.3 Staff room<br />

c+k<br />

Per room<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

Ward bus Ward bus c+k<br />

19 0700 20<br />

a<br />

77 0180 10<br />

3. Room types<br />

Terminal SD6 P 19 0700 20<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, glass decor<br />

For accessories required, see accessories table, Page 35.<br />

For cable legend, see Page 15.<br />

77 0180 10<br />

77 0181 10<br />

77 0185 10<br />

21


3. Room types<br />

3.4 Function room<br />

3.4.1 Function room with speech<br />

22<br />

c+k<br />

Per room<br />

If required<br />

Ward bus Ward bus c+k<br />

19 0700 20<br />

Terminal SD6 P or<br />

Terminal S4 P<br />

Pull cord kit for terminal (optional)<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, glass decor<br />

a<br />

77 0180 10<br />

19 0700 20<br />

19 0700 40<br />

19 1421 10<br />

77 0180 10<br />

77 0181 10<br />

77 0185 10<br />

Call switch with connection socket 19 0704 00<br />

For accessories required, see accessories table, Page 35.<br />

For cable legend, see Page 15.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


3.4.2 Function room without speech<br />

c+k<br />

Per room<br />

If required<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

Ward bus Ward bus c+k<br />

19 0700 80<br />

Display module or<br />

Call/presence combination bus (RAB)<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, glass decor<br />

a<br />

77 0180 10<br />

3. Room types<br />

19 0700 80<br />

19 0701 00<br />

77 0180 10<br />

77 0181 10<br />

77 0185 10<br />

Call switch with connection socket 19 0704 00<br />

For accessories required, see accessories table, Page 35.<br />

For cable legend, see Page 15.<br />

23


3. Room types<br />

3.5 Ward bathroom<br />

3.5.1 Ward bathroom with speech<br />

24<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

19 0708 00<br />

a<br />

Per room<br />

c+k<br />

Ward bus Ward bus c+k<br />

a a<br />

19 0700 20<br />

Terminal SD6 P or<br />

Terminal S4 P<br />

Pull cord kit for terminal (optional)<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, glass decor<br />

Per location bathroom/WC<br />

a<br />

77 0180 10<br />

19 0707 50x<br />

a<br />

19 0708 00<br />

Call switch, suitable for washbasins<br />

Pull cord switch, suitable for shower, WC (x in order no. stands for<br />

frame: J = Jung AS 500, G = Gira Standard 55 matt, GG = Gira Standard 55<br />

glossy, M = Merten M-SMART, B = Berker S.1)<br />

Pneumatic switch, suitable for bath tub (x in order no. stands for<br />

frame: J = Jung AS 500, G = Gira Standard 55 matt, GG = Gira Standard 55<br />

glossy, M = Merten M-SMART, B = Berker S.1)<br />

For accessories required, see accessories table, Page 35.<br />

For cable legend, see Page 15.<br />

19 0700 20<br />

19 0700 40<br />

19 1421 10<br />

77 0180 10<br />

77 0181 10<br />

77 0185 10<br />

19 0708 00<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

19 0707 50x<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


3.5.2 Ward bathroom without speech<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

19 0708 00<br />

Per room<br />

c+k<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

a<br />

Ward bus Ward bus c+k<br />

a<br />

a a<br />

19 0700 80<br />

Display module or<br />

Call/presence combination bus (RAB)<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, glass decor<br />

Per location bathroom/WC<br />

a<br />

77 0180 10<br />

19 0707 50x<br />

19 0708 00<br />

Call switch, suitable for washbasins<br />

Pull cord switch, suitable for shower, WC (x in order no. stands for<br />

frame: J = Jung AS 500, G = Gira Standard 55 matt, GG = Gira Standard 55<br />

glossy, M = Merten M-SMART, B = Berker S.1)<br />

Pneumatic switch, suitable for bath tub (x in order no. stands for<br />

frame: J = Jung AS 500, G = Gira Standard 55 matt, GG = Gira Standard 55<br />

glossy, M = Merten M-SMART, B = Berker S.1)<br />

For accessories required, see accessories table, Page 35.<br />

For cable legend, see Page 15.<br />

3. Room types<br />

19 0700 80<br />

19 0701 00<br />

77 0180 10<br />

77 0181 10<br />

77 0185 10<br />

19 0708 00<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

19 0707 50x<br />

25


3. Room types<br />

3.6 WC with multiple cubicles<br />

26<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

a<br />

c+k<br />

a<br />

Ward bus Ward bus c+k<br />

19 0700 80<br />

a<br />

a<br />

a<br />

77 0180 10<br />

19 0709 00 19 0709 00 19 0709 00<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

a<br />

a<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

a<br />

19 0708 00


Per room<br />

Display module or<br />

Call/presence combination bus (RAB) or<br />

Terminal SD6 P or<br />

Terminal S4 P<br />

Pull cord kit for terminal (optional)<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, glass decor<br />

Per WC cubicle<br />

Cancel switch/WC or<br />

Call & cancel switch/WC<br />

t must be possible to reach a call device from the wash basin,<br />

WC, shower and bath tub. Selection:<br />

Call switch<br />

Pull cord switch (x in order no. stands for frame: J = Jung AS 500, G =<br />

Gira Standard 55 matt, GG = Gira Standard 55 glossy, M = Merten<br />

M-SMART, B = Berker S.1)<br />

Pneumatic switch (x in order no. stands for frame: J = Jung AS 500, G =<br />

Gira Standard 55 matt, GG = Gira Standard 55 glossy, M = Merten<br />

M-SMART, B = Berker S.1)<br />

For accessories required, see accessories table, Page 35.<br />

For cable legend, see Page 15.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

3. Room types<br />

19 0700 80<br />

19 0701 00<br />

19 0700 20<br />

19 0700 40<br />

19 1421 10<br />

77 0180 10<br />

77 0181 10<br />

77 0185 10<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0708 50<br />

19 0708 00<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

19 0707 50x<br />

27


3. Room types<br />

3.7 Lounge / dining room<br />

3.7.1 Lounge with speech<br />

28<br />

c+k<br />

19 0708 00<br />

Ward bus Ward bus c+k<br />

77 0180 10<br />

a a<br />

a<br />

19 0708 00<br />

a<br />

19 0700 20<br />

a<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0704 20<br />

19 0704 00<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


Per room<br />

Terminal SD6 P or<br />

Terminal S4 P<br />

Pull cord kit for terminal (optional)<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, glass decor<br />

Per location, raising calls with pear push switch<br />

Call switch with 2 connection sockets or<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

Pear push switch with call switch, 3 m or<br />

Pear push switch with 2 call switches, 3 m<br />

Self-releasing adapter for pear push switch (optional)<br />

Extension cable for pear push switch (optional)<br />

Per location, raising calls only via call button<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

3. Room types<br />

19 0700 20<br />

19 0700 40<br />

19 1421 10<br />

77 0180 10<br />

77 0181 10<br />

77 0185 10<br />

19 0704 20<br />

19 0704 00<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0790 30<br />

19 0790 04<br />

19 0790 06<br />

Call switch 19 0708 00<br />

For accessories required, see accessories table, Page 35.<br />

For cable legend, see Page 15.<br />

29


3. Room types<br />

3.7.2 Lounge without speech<br />

30<br />

19 0708 00<br />

c+k<br />

Ward bus Ward bus c+k<br />

77 0180 10<br />

19 0704 20<br />

19 0708 00<br />

a<br />

a a<br />

a<br />

19 0700 80<br />

a<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0704 00<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


Per room<br />

Display module or<br />

Call/presence combination bus (RAB)<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate or<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, glass decor<br />

Per location, raising calls with pear push switch<br />

Call switch with 2 connection sockets or<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

Pear push switch with call switch, 3 m or<br />

Pear push switch with 2 call switches, 3 m<br />

Self-releasing adapter for pear push switch (optional)<br />

Extension cable for pear push switch (optional)<br />

Per location, raising calls only via call button<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

3. Room types<br />

19 0700 80<br />

19 0701 00<br />

77 0180 10<br />

77 0181 10<br />

77 0185 10<br />

19 0704 20<br />

19 0704 00<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0790 30<br />

19 0790 04<br />

19 0790 06<br />

Call switch 19 0708 00<br />

For accessories required, see accessories table, Page 35.<br />

For cable legend, see Page 15.<br />

31


3. Room types<br />

3.8 Apartment in assisted living<br />

c+k<br />

32<br />

Ward bus Ward bus c+k<br />

19 0700 70<br />

+<br />

19 1421 00<br />

a<br />

a<br />

a<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

Z 00 8202 40<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0708 00<br />

Z 00 8202 00<br />

19 0704 20<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


Per apartment<br />

Per bed<br />

Terminal S4 B<br />

Pull cord kit for terminal (optional)<br />

Call switch with 2 connection sockets or<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

Pear push switch with call switch, 3 m or<br />

Pear push switch with 2 call switches, 3 m<br />

Self-releasing adapter for pear push switch (optional)<br />

Extension cable for pear push switch (optional)<br />

In bathroom / WC<br />

If required<br />

Pull cord switch (x in order no. stands for frame: J = Jung AS 500, G =<br />

Gira Standard 55 matt, GG = Gira Standard 55 glossy, M = Merten<br />

M-SMART, B = Berker S.1)<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

3. Room types<br />

19 0700 70<br />

19 1421 10<br />

19 0704 20<br />

19 0704 00<br />

19 0790 00<br />

19 0790 30<br />

19 0790 04<br />

19 0790 06<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

Call switch, e.g. in the kitchen 19 0708 00<br />

For raising calls in the entire living environment:<br />

Radio receiver 869.2125 MHz<br />

(for connecting to call switch with connection socket or<br />

call switch with 2 connection sockets) with<br />

handheld transmitter (per resident)<br />

For accessories required, see accessories table, Page 35.<br />

For cable legend, see Page 15.<br />

Z 00 8202 00<br />

Z 00 8202 40<br />

33


3. Room types<br />

34<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


4. Accessories required<br />

Accessories must be ordered for various devices! Refer to the table below for the accessor‐<br />

ies required, such as central plates, frames, mounting kits and back boxes.<br />

Product name<br />

Product<br />

Order No.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

Central plate<br />

Order No.<br />

Select<br />

frame<br />

1)<br />

Mounting Back box<br />

kit<br />

Order No.<br />

19 0700 90<br />

1-gang<br />

2)<br />

Call switch with connection<br />

socket<br />

19 0704 00 19 9201 04 <br />

Call switch with<br />

2 connection sockets<br />

19 0704 20 19 9201 08 <br />

Pull cord switch incl. frame<br />

Berker S.1<br />

19 0707 20B <br />

Pull cord switch incl. frame<br />

Gira Standard 55 matt<br />

19 0707 20G <br />

Pull switch incl. frame Gira<br />

Standard 55, glossy<br />

19 0707 20GG <br />

Pull cord switch, incl. frame<br />

Jung AS 500<br />

19 0707 20J <br />

Pull cord switch incl. frame<br />

Merten M-SMART<br />

19 0707 20M<br />

Pneumatic switch incl.<br />

frame Berker S.1<br />

Pneumatic switch incl.<br />

19 0707 50B <br />

frame Gira Standard 55,<br />

matt<br />

Pneumatic switch incl.<br />

19 0707 50G <br />

frame Gira Standard 55,<br />

glossy<br />

19 0707 50GG <br />

Pneumatic switch, incl.<br />

frame Jung AS 500<br />

19 0707 50J <br />

Pneumatic switch incl.<br />

frame Merten M-SMART<br />

19 0707 50M<br />

Call switch 19 0708 00 19 9201 06 <br />

Call & Cancel switch/WC 19 0708 50 19 9201 00 <br />

Cancel switch/WC 19 0709 00 19 9201 06 <br />

2-gang<br />

3)<br />

Legend:<br />

1) Select frame: Jung AS 500: 19 9200 06, Berker S.1: 19 9200 05, Gira Standard 55 matt: 19 9200 03, Gira<br />

Standard 55 glossy: 19 9200 07, Merten System M-SMART: 19 9200 04<br />

2) Back box, 1-gang: Solid wall: 17 0100 00, partition wall: 17 5100 00<br />

3) Back box, 2-gang: Solid wall: 17 0410 00, partition wall: 17 5400 00<br />

35


4. Accessories required<br />

36<br />

Product name<br />

Room lamp universal, 3<br />

sections<br />

Room lamp universal, 3<br />

sections, with doorplate<br />

Room lamp universal, 3<br />

sections, glass decor<br />

Product<br />

Order No.<br />

77 0180 10<br />

77 0181 00<br />

77 0185 10<br />

Central plate<br />

Order No.<br />

Select<br />

frame<br />

1)<br />

Connector, 7-pole<br />

Order No. 70 0807 07<br />

Connector, 7-pole<br />

Order No. 70 0807 07<br />

Connector, 7-pole<br />

Order No. 70 0807 07<br />

Mounting Back box<br />

kit<br />

Order No.<br />

19 0700 90<br />

1-gang<br />

2)<br />

Group Electronic (GE) 19 0700 10 <br />

2-gang<br />

3)<br />

Terminal SD6 P 19 0700 20 <br />

Terminal S4 P 19 0700 40 <br />

Terminal S4 B 19 0700 70 <br />

Display module 19 0700 80 <br />

RAB 19 0701 00 19 9201 00 <br />

Legend:<br />

1) Select frame: Jung AS 500: 19 9200 06, Berker S.1: 19 9200 05, Gira Standard 55 matt: 19 9200 03, Gira<br />

Standard 55 glossy: 19 9200 07, Merten System M-SMART: 19 9200 04<br />

2) Back box, 1-gang: Solid wall: 17 0100 00, partition wall: 17 5100 00<br />

3) Back box, 2-gang: Solid wall: 17 0410 00, partition wall: 17 5400 00<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


5. Installation examples<br />

See below for a few installation examples for various applications:<br />

Nurse call system with speech / high volume of calls<br />

Nurse call system with speech / low volume of calls<br />

Nurse call system without speech<br />

Assisted living<br />

Connection diagrams for 1-bed and 2-bed rooms<br />

Extension of the interface between the Management Interface and radio pa‐<br />

ging system<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

37


5. Installation examples<br />

5.1 Nurse call system with speech: High volume of calls<br />

g (equipotential bonding) g (equipotential bonding)<br />

g (equipotential bonding)<br />

38<br />

c (group bus) c (group bus)<br />

c (group bus)<br />

Reserve<br />

Reserve<br />

Reserve<br />

19 0800 84<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 00<br />

Functional ground<br />

Cables legend:<br />

c IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8<br />

k NYM 2x2.5 mm 2<br />

or NYM 2x1.5 mm 2<br />

g NYM 1x1.5 mm 2<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

Paging/DECT<br />

ESPA 4.4.4<br />

LAN<br />

c<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

19 0700 40<br />

c<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

19 0700 20<br />

c<br />

19 0700 00<br />

19 0700 00<br />

19 0700 00<br />

19 0803 00<br />

LAN for<br />

remote maintenance<br />

analog a/b<br />

19 0700 40<br />

19 0700 20<br />

230 V AC<br />

Order no. Product name<br />

19 0700 00 Management Interface<br />

19 0700 10 Group Electronic (GE)<br />

19 0700 20 Terminal SD6P<br />

19 0700 40 Terminal S4P<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

k<br />

analog a/b<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

k<br />

analog a/b<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

k<br />

19 0700 40 19 0700 40 19 0700 40<br />

19 0700 20<br />

Staff room<br />

19 0700 20<br />

Staff room<br />

19 0782 08<br />

19 0700 40 19 0700 40<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

19 0700 20<br />

Staff room<br />

19 0782 08<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

19 0782 08<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

Note: The bus terminating resistor must be ac‐<br />

tivated in the first and last bus user of the group<br />

bus and ward bus.<br />

Order no. Product name<br />

19 0803 00 ConLogPLUS Management Software<br />

19 0800 84 Fire alarm interface<br />

19 0782 08 Corridor display, 8‐digit, double-sided<br />

77 3400 00 Power supply unit UPS<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


5.2 Nurse call system with speech: Low call volume<br />

g (equipotential bonding)<br />

g (equipotential bonding)<br />

g (equipotential bonding)<br />

c (group bus) c (group bus)<br />

c (group bus)<br />

Reserve<br />

Reserve<br />

Reserve<br />

19 0800 84<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 00<br />

Functional ground<br />

Cables legend:<br />

c IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8<br />

k NYM 2x2.5 mm 2<br />

or NYM 2x1.5 mm 2<br />

g NYM 1x1.5 mm 2<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

c<br />

5. Installation examples<br />

19 0782 08<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

Staff room<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

c<br />

19 0782 08<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

Staff room<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

c<br />

analog a/b<br />

Paging/DECT<br />

ESPA 4.4.4<br />

19 0803 00<br />

LAN LAN for<br />

remote maintenance<br />

Order no. Product name<br />

19 0700 00 Management Interface<br />

19 0700 10 Group Electronic (GE)<br />

19 0700 20 Terminal SD6P<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

k<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

k<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

k<br />

230 V AC<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

19 0700 20<br />

Staff room<br />

19 0782 08<br />

19 0700 20 19 0700 20<br />

Note: The bus terminating resistor must be ac‐<br />

tivated in the first and last bus user of the group<br />

bus and ward bus.<br />

Order no. Product name<br />

19 0803 00 ConLogPLUS Management Software<br />

19 0800 84 Fire alarm interface<br />

19 0782 08 Corridor display, 8‐digit, double-sided<br />

77 3400 00 Power supply unit UPS<br />

39


5. Installation examples<br />

5.3 Nurse call system without speech<br />

g (equipotential bonding)<br />

g (equipotential bonding)<br />

g (equipotential bonding)<br />

40<br />

c (group bus) c (group bus)<br />

c (group bus)<br />

Reserve<br />

Reserve<br />

Reserve<br />

19 0800 84<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 00<br />

Functional ground<br />

Cables legend:<br />

c IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8<br />

k NYM 2x2.5 mm 2<br />

or NYM 2x1.5 mm 2<br />

g NYM 1x1.5 mm 2<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

Paging/DECT<br />

ESPA 4.4.4<br />

LAN<br />

c<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

19 0803 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

19 0701 00 19 0701 00 19 0701 00<br />

19 0700 20<br />

Staff room<br />

19 0782 08<br />

19 0701 00 19 0701 00<br />

19 0701 00 19 0701 00<br />

c<br />

19 0700 80 19 0700 80 19 0700 80<br />

19 0700 20<br />

Staff room<br />

19 0782 08<br />

19 0700 80 19 0700 80<br />

19 0700 80 19 0700 80<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

c<br />

analog a/b only<br />

speech phrases<br />

LAN for<br />

remote maintenance<br />

Order no. Product name<br />

19 0700 00 Management Interface<br />

19 0700 10 Group Electronic (GE)<br />

19 0700 20 Terminal SD6P<br />

19 0700 80 Display module<br />

19 0701 00 RAB<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

k<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

k<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

k<br />

19 0700 80 19 0700 80 19 0700 80<br />

19 0700 20<br />

Staff room<br />

19 0782 08<br />

19 0700 80 19 0700 80<br />

Note: The bus terminating resistor must be ac‐<br />

tivated in the first and last bus user of the group<br />

bus and ward bus.<br />

Order no. Product name<br />

19 0803 00 ConLogPLUS Management Software<br />

19 0800 84 Fire alarm Interface<br />

19 0782 08 Corridor display, 8‐digit, double-sided<br />

77 3400 00 Power supply unit UPS<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


5.4 Assisted living<br />

g (equipotential bonding) g (equipotential bonding)<br />

g (equipotential bonding)<br />

c (group bus) c (group bus)<br />

c (group bus)<br />

Reserve<br />

Reserve<br />

Reserve<br />

19 0800 84<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 10<br />

19 0700 00<br />

Functional ground<br />

Cables legend:<br />

c IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8<br />

k NYM 2x2.5 mm 2<br />

or NYM 2x1.5 mm 2<br />

g NYM 1x1.5 mm 2<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

77 3400 00<br />

230 V AC<br />

19 0803 00<br />

analog a/b<br />

230 V AC<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

c<br />

5. Installation examples<br />

19 0700 70 19 0700 70 19 0700 70<br />

19 0700 70 19 0700 70<br />

19 0700 70<br />

19 0700 70 19 0700 70<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

c<br />

24 V<br />

DC<br />

c<br />

LAN for<br />

remote maintenance<br />

LAN<br />

Order no. Product name<br />

19 0700 00 Management Interface<br />

19 0700 10 Group Electronic (GE)<br />

19 0700 20 Terminal SD6P<br />

19 0700 70 Terminal S4B<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

19 0700 70 19 0700 70<br />

19 0700 70<br />

19 0700 70 19 0700 70<br />

Telephone<br />

network<br />

k<br />

c (ward bus)<br />

Telecare Control<br />

Center PNC6<br />

19 0700 70 19 0700 70 19 0700 70<br />

19 0700 70 19 0700 70 19 0700 70<br />

19 0700 20<br />

Manned<br />

location, e.g.<br />

staff room<br />

19 0700 70 19 0700 70<br />

Note: The bus terminating resistor must be ac‐<br />

tivated in the first and last bus user of the group<br />

bus and ward bus.<br />

Order no. Product name<br />

19 0803 00 ConLogPLUS Management Software<br />

19 0800 84 Fire alarm Interface<br />

19 0782 08 Corridor display, 8‐digit, double-sided<br />

77 3400 00 Power supply unit UPS<br />

41


5. Installation examples<br />

5.5 Connection diagrams<br />

5.5.1 2‐bed room with WC<br />

42<br />

Ward bus<br />

+24 V<br />

GND<br />

IB<br />

IA<br />

+24 V<br />

GND<br />

IB<br />

IA<br />

Ward bus<br />

WC<br />

Bed 1 Bed 2<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

RL<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

19 0704 00<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

19 0704 00<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

RL<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

+24V<br />

+24V<br />

WR<br />

WA<br />

R2<br />

GND<br />

R3<br />

R4<br />

R1<br />

WL<br />

RL<br />

IA<br />

IB<br />

GND<br />

+24V<br />

AW<br />

10<br />

9<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

11<br />

12<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

8<br />

7<br />

19 0701 00<br />

RAB<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

19 0709 00<br />

Cancel switch/WC<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

19 0709 20x<br />

Pull cord switch in WC<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L4<br />

(GND)<br />

(RL)<br />

(AW)<br />

(WL)<br />

77 0180 10 + 77 0807 07<br />

Room lamp universal<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


5.5.2 1‐bed room with WC<br />

Ward bus<br />

+24 V<br />

GND<br />

IB<br />

IA<br />

+24 V<br />

GND<br />

IB<br />

IA<br />

Ward bus<br />

WC<br />

Bed 1<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

RL<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

19 0704 00<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

+24V<br />

+24V<br />

WR<br />

WA<br />

R2<br />

GND<br />

R3<br />

R4<br />

R1<br />

WL<br />

RL<br />

IA<br />

IB<br />

GND<br />

+24V<br />

AW<br />

10<br />

9<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

11<br />

12<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

8<br />

7<br />

19 0701 00<br />

RAB<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

19 0709 00<br />

Cancel switch/WC<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

19 0708 00<br />

Call switch in the WC<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

19 0709 20x<br />

Pull cord switch in the WC<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

5. Installation examples<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L4<br />

(GND)<br />

(RL)<br />

(AW)<br />

(WL)<br />

77 0180 10 + 77 0807 07<br />

Room lamp universal<br />

43


5. Installation examples<br />

5.5.3 2-bed room with WC: Wiring in the room lamp<br />

Bed 2<br />

44<br />

19 0704 00<br />

The following connection diagram is a special solution for renovation projects<br />

where the cabling of the previous system was in the room lamp. Installation is<br />

only permitted following consultation with <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>.<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

RL<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

Bed 1<br />

RT<br />

RL<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

+24 V<br />

19 0704 00<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

WC<br />

+24V<br />

+24V<br />

WR<br />

WA<br />

R2<br />

GND<br />

R3<br />

R4<br />

R1<br />

WL<br />

RL<br />

IA<br />

IB<br />

GND<br />

+24V<br />

AW<br />

10<br />

9<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

11<br />

12<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

8<br />

7<br />

19 0701 00<br />

RAB<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

19 0709 00<br />

Cancel switch/WC<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

19 0709 20x<br />

Pull cord switch in the WC<br />

4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

11<br />

WA<br />

WR<br />

WL<br />

WL<br />

R1<br />

R2<br />

RL<br />

Ward bus<br />

+24 V<br />

GND<br />

IB<br />

IA<br />

RL<br />

+24 V<br />

GND<br />

IB<br />

IA<br />

Ward bus<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

(GND)<br />

(RL)<br />

(AW)<br />

L4 (WL)<br />

77 0180 10 + 77 0807 07<br />

Room lamp universal<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


5.5.4 1-bed room with WC: Wiring in the room lamp<br />

Bett 1<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

5. Installation examples<br />

The following connection diagram is a special solution for renovation projects<br />

where the cabling of the previous system was in the room lamp. Installation is<br />

only permitted following consultation with <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>.<br />

RT<br />

RL<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

+24 V<br />

19 0704 00<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

WC<br />

+24V<br />

+24V<br />

WR<br />

WA<br />

R2<br />

GND<br />

R3<br />

R4<br />

R1<br />

WL<br />

RL<br />

IA<br />

IB<br />

GND<br />

+24V<br />

AW<br />

10<br />

9<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

11<br />

12<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

8<br />

7<br />

19 0701 00<br />

RAB<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

19 0709 00<br />

Cancel switch/WC<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

19 0709 20x<br />

Pull cord switch in the WC<br />

4<br />

10<br />

4<br />

4<br />

WA<br />

WR<br />

WL<br />

WL<br />

R1<br />

Ward bus<br />

+24 V<br />

GND<br />

IB<br />

IA<br />

RL<br />

+24 V<br />

GND<br />

IB<br />

IA<br />

Ward bus<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L4<br />

(GND)<br />

(RL)<br />

(AW)<br />

(WL)<br />

77 0181 11<br />

Room lamp universal<br />

45


5. Installation examples<br />

5.6 Extension of the interface between the Management<br />

Interface and radio paging system<br />

230 V AC<br />

46<br />

RS232,<br />

Sub-D, 9-pole (f)<br />

DCE SIM<br />

T-ON/R-ON<br />

T-ON/R-ON<br />

DCE SIM<br />

Radio paging system<br />

Sub-D adapter cable<br />

(order no. 19 1990 55)<br />

Sub-D adapter cable<br />

(order no. 19 1990 55)<br />

Management Interface<br />

(order no. 19 0700 00)<br />

Interface converter RS232 to RS485<br />

(order no. 19 1990 12)<br />

230 V AC<br />

IY(St)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

Attention! Crossed cable<br />

Maximum cable length: 1,000 m<br />

RS232,<br />

Sub-D, 9-pole (f)<br />

Sub-D, 25-pole (m)<br />

Note: Set the DIP switch as shown.<br />

Interface converter RS232 to RS485<br />

(order no. 19 1990 12)<br />

Note: Set the DIP switch as shown.<br />

Sub-D, 25-pole (m)<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


6. Installation sequence<br />

Work step Description<br />

1. Defining mounting positions from Page 49.<br />

2. Installing the back boxes from Page 35.<br />

3. Laying cables from Page 55.<br />

4. Installing and connecting devices In the chapter ”Product<br />

leaflets” from Page 79.<br />

5. Switching on and checking the power supply from Page 67.<br />

6. Checking the room installations from Page 76.<br />

7. Configuring the nurse call system with ConLog PLUS<br />

Management Software<br />

8. Commissioning the nurse call system. Commission‐<br />

ing support by the manufacturer = order<br />

no. 19 0000 63.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

from Page 69.<br />

9. System function check from Page 73.<br />

47


6. Installation sequence<br />

48<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


7. Defining mounting positions<br />

7.1 General requirements<br />

All devices of the nurse call<br />

system<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

- Unambiguous call raising and simple handling must be ensu‐<br />

red for the changing users, and the possibility of mix-ups with<br />

parts of other systems must be eliminated.<br />

- Damage or destruction by external influences that can be ex‐<br />

pected during proper use (e.g. bed transport) must be impossi‐<br />

ble.<br />

- May not be installed in rooms that can have harmful effects on<br />

telecommunications systems.<br />

Devices with displays - Must be well within the field of vision (terminals, display mo‐<br />

dule).<br />

- Should not be subjected to direct sunlight<br />

Call switches, call devices - Must be in easy reach.<br />

Presence buttons - Near doors<br />

Visual signalling devices - Recognition must not be impaired by light from other sources.<br />

Signal lamps, corridor displays - Must guide the called or sought persons to the call location via<br />

the shortest route.<br />

Room lamps - Must be easily assignable to the rooms.<br />

In WCs and wet rooms - Observe the special regulations of DIN VDE 0100!<br />

Power supply units, Group<br />

Electronics, Management<br />

Interface, fire alarm interface<br />

Distribution boxes that are<br />

used jointly for the nurse call<br />

system and power system<br />

- Only in dry rooms, ideally in a distribution box (not in pati‐<br />

ents'/residents' rooms).<br />

- Easily accessible at all times (access space min. 60 cm width).<br />

- Heat dissipation must not be obstructed.<br />

- In the case of installation in switch cabinets etc., the heat loss<br />

must be dissipated by forced ventilation if necessary.<br />

- Due to the voltage drop, the power supply unit should, if possi‐<br />

ble, be housed close to the largest consumers.<br />

- Fire hazard! Heat is produced in short-circuit operation of<br />

power supply units. Make sure thatt here is sufficient ventilation<br />

in the distribution box.<br />

- After the outer cover is removed, the power section must re‐<br />

main covered.<br />

- The terminals for the nurse call system and the power system<br />

must differ from each other clearly, e.g. in shape and/or colour.<br />

Labelling alone is not a sufficient distinguishing feature.<br />

- Spatially separate arrangement.<br />

49


7. Defining mounting positions<br />

7.2 Mounting heights<br />

50<br />

Specified mounting heights in accordance with the German standard DIN VDE<br />

0834-1:2000:<br />

Mounting height above the floor:<br />

Devices for operation (with and without indicator lamps) 700 - 1,500 mm<br />

Devices for operation with text displays 1500 - 1,700 mm<br />

Devices in installation units 1600 - 1,800 mm<br />

Signal lamps and large-text displays 1500 - 2,200 mm<br />

Distribution boxes 700 - 2,200 mm<br />

Pull cord switches or similar in shower cubicles 200 mm above the<br />

highest possible<br />

shower head posi‐<br />

tion<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


7. Defining mounting positions<br />

7.3 Recommendations for CONCENTO PLUS<br />

In the following pages you will find installation examples with practical recom‐<br />

mendations for CONCENTO PLUS products.<br />

7.3.1 Room terminals and other room controllers<br />

120 mm<br />

120 mm<br />

120 mm<br />

120 mm<br />

170 mm<br />

170 mm<br />

1,600 mm<br />

1,600 mm<br />

1,600 mm<br />

Terminal<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

Order no.: 19 0700 20, 19 0700 40, 19 0700 70<br />

Position in the room: Near the door.<br />

2-gang back box required.<br />

Note: With 2-gang back sockets, a space of at least 120 mm<br />

upwards and downwards from the centre point of the box<br />

must be provided for the terminal.<br />

When a pull cord (order no. 10 1421 10) is installed, the pull<br />

handle must not be higher than 200 mm above the floor so<br />

that persons lying on the floor can reach the pull cord.<br />

Terminal in an apartment<br />

Order no.: 19 0700 70<br />

In an assisted living apartment, the terminal should be in‐<br />

stalled in a position that favours audible contact from where<br />

speech contact is possible throughout the apartment, for ex‐<br />

ample in the living room.<br />

2-gang back box required.<br />

Note: With 2-gang back boxes, a space of at least 120 mm<br />

upwards and downwards from the centre point of the box<br />

must be provided for the terminal.<br />

When a pull cord (order no. 10 1421 10) is installed, the pull<br />

handle must not be higher than 200 mm above the floor so<br />

that persons lying on the floor can reach the pull cord.<br />

Display module<br />

Order no.: 19 0700 80<br />

Position in the room: Near the door.<br />

1-gang back box required.<br />

51


7. Defining mounting positions<br />

52<br />

150 mm<br />

1,300 mm<br />

7.3.2 Room lamps<br />

55 mm<br />

55 mm<br />

150 mm<br />

150 mm<br />

Call/presence combination bus (RAB)<br />

Order no.: 19 0701 00<br />

Position in the room: Near the door.<br />

1-gang back box required.<br />

Room lamp universal<br />

Order no.: 77 0180 10, 77 0185 10<br />

A 1-gang back box is required for each room lamp.<br />

Room lamp universal with doorplate<br />

Order no.: 77 0181 10<br />

A 1-gang back box is required for each room lamp with door<br />

plate.<br />

A 1-gang back box is required for each room lamp with door‐<br />

plate.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


7.3.3 Switches<br />

ÀÀ<br />

ÀÀÀÀÀ<br />

ÀÀÀ<br />

150 mm<br />

300 mm<br />

1,300 mm<br />

1,000 mm<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

7. Defining mounting positions<br />

Cancel switch next to the door in the WC<br />

Order no.: 19 0708 50, 19 0709 00<br />

A 1-gang back box is required for each switch. .<br />

Call switch<br />

Order no.: 19 0708 00<br />

A 1-gang back box is required for each switch.<br />

The call switch must be easily reachable, e.g. next to the<br />

washbasin.<br />

300 mm Pull cord switch in the bathroom/WC<br />

(ceiling mounting)<br />

300 mm<br />

2,250 mm<br />

Order no.: 19 0707 20x<br />

1-gang back box required.<br />

The special requirements for ”barrier-free living” (DIN 18025)<br />

must be observed in the case of pull cord switches in wet<br />

rooms. Here too, persons lying on the floor must be able to<br />

reach the pull cords. This means that the call handle must not<br />

be more than 200 mm above the floor.<br />

Pull cord switch in the bathroom/WC<br />

(wall mounting)<br />

Order no.: 19 0707 20x<br />

1-gang back box required.<br />

Pull cord switches in wet rooms must be installed at least 200<br />

mm above the highest possible shower head position.<br />

The special requirements for ”barrier-free living” (DIN 18025)<br />

must be observed in the case of pull cord switches in wet<br />

rooms. Here too, persons lying on the floor must be able to<br />

reach the pull cords. This means that the call handle must not<br />

be more than 200 mm above the floor.<br />

53


7. Defining mounting positions<br />

54<br />

300 mm<br />

1,750 mm<br />

Pneumatic switch<br />

Order no.: 19 0707 50x<br />

1-gang back box required.<br />

7.3.4 Call switch with connection socket<br />

Medical supply unit<br />

Call switch with<br />

connection socket<br />

100 mm<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

(mounting in a wall)<br />

Order no.: 19 0704 00, 19 0704 20<br />

1-gang back box required.<br />

Install above the bed frame so that the call switch is easily<br />

reachable and so that when it is moved, the bed cannot hit<br />

the call switch with connection socket.<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

(mounting in medical supply unit)<br />

Order no.: 19 0704 00, 19 0704 20<br />

The connection sockets are normally installed by the medical<br />

supply unit manufacturer.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

8. Laying cables<br />

When laying the cables, it is essential to observe the valid VDE regu‐<br />

lations.<br />

8.1 Cables legend<br />

A cables legend has been introduced for CONCENTO PLUS in order to simplify<br />

use of the installation plans.<br />

Code Code Area of use<br />

a IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 - Secondary lines (except switch with 2 buttons,<br />

e.g. Call & Cancel switch/WC)<br />

- Ward bus without speech (minimum requirement)<br />

- Group bus without speech (minimum requirement<br />

c IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8 - Ward bus with or without speech<br />

- Group bus with or without speech<br />

- Secondary lines with switches with 2 buttons, e.g.<br />

Call & Cancel switch/WC<br />

k NYM 2x2.5 mm 2<br />

or<br />

NYM 2x1.5 mm 2<br />

8.1.1 Colour coding<br />

Abbreviation Colour<br />

BK black<br />

BU blue<br />

BN brown<br />

GN green<br />

RD red<br />

WH white<br />

YE yellow<br />

- Power supply<br />

- Equipotential bonding<br />

55


8. Laying cables<br />

8.2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)<br />

56<br />

All components of the nurse call system remain well below the specified electro‐<br />

magnetic compatibility (EMC) limit values. Nevertheless, in individual cases<br />

and under certain conditions, faults can arise in the nurse call system due to<br />

insufficient interference suppression of fluorescent lamps, e.g. in medical sup‐<br />

ply units.<br />

The customer must ensure that appropriate precautions are taken in order to<br />

prevent such external interference and the resulting faults. It may be possible<br />

to prevent these faults by installing interference suppression elements (varistor<br />

circuits). The varistor circuits are available from the manufacturers.<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong> supplies the 230 V AC overvoltage protection filter (Order no.<br />

70 0890 97) for this.<br />

The EMC behaviour of different medical supply units can vary greatly. Even two<br />

supply units of the same type can behave differently if they are wired up dif‐<br />

ferently.<br />

Nurse call systems normally have a widely extended spatial structure, the EMC<br />

behaviour of which is influenced by the configuration of the wiring network.<br />

Also bear this in mind when retrofitting or when converting existing medical sup‐<br />

ply units.<br />

8.2.1 Cables of the power system or other systems carrying<br />

hazardous voltage<br />

The cables of the nurse call system power circuits must not be routed in com‐<br />

mon cables, pipes or installation ducts together with wires of the power system<br />

or other systems carrying hazardous voltage.<br />

The cables of the nurse call system and the power system must be laid with a<br />

minimum spacing of 30 cm. In the case of shorter sections of less than 10 m,<br />

a spacing of 10 cm is regarded as sufficient.<br />

230 V / 400 V AC<br />

Spacing > 30 cm<br />

Power system cable<br />

Nurse call system cable<br />

In medical supply units, the specifications of ISO 11197:2004 apply to laying<br />

wiring.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


8.3 Power supply cable (code: k)<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

8. Laying cables<br />

The system's power supply is provided with +24 V direct voltage. A sheathed<br />

cable of the type NYM 2x1.5 mm 2 or NYM 2x2.5 mm 2 must be used as the<br />

power supply cable ”k”. The operating voltage of the devices being supplied<br />

should not be less than 22 V DC at 20% call capacity utilisation.<br />

+24 V<br />

GND<br />

Fig. 5: NYM 2x2.5 mm 2 or NYM 2x1.5 mm 2<br />

The power supply cable is laid as a ring.<br />

A separate power supply cable is recommended for corridor displays.<br />

Note! To keep the voltage drop as low as possible, always choose the shortest<br />

route when laying the cables.<br />

12 A or 5 A power supply units are available, depending on the ward's power<br />

requirements. The power supply units have current limitation and have built-in<br />

overvoltage protection devices so that no additional fusing is necessary.<br />

The power supply unit for the CONCENTO PLUS system must always be connec‐<br />

ted to the 230 V AC supply voltage via its own protective system and with a per‐<br />

manent connection. The German standard DIN VDE 0834 stipulates an<br />

emergency power supply. If no emergency mains system is available, compar‐<br />

able measures must be taken (UPS).<br />

A current balance calculation must be performed for dimensioning the power<br />

supply units. The capacity of the power supply unit should be calculated with<br />

a 20% simultaneity factor of set calls and presences.<br />

Note! If the maximum permissible cable length is exceeded (see Page 68), a<br />

centre infeed must be provided and this must be taken into account for the<br />

cabling.<br />

The Group Electronics must be connected to each other via the GND connec‐<br />

tions (ground line) and must be centrally earthed and fixed in the determined<br />

place (PE) in the building (functional ground). Use a suitable cable for this, the<br />

core cross section of which is at least the same as the power supply unit's<br />

equipment connecting cable. 4 mm 2 is recommended.<br />

Note! In any case, more than one functional ground must be avoided due to<br />

possible vagabond voltages.<br />

57


8. Laying cables<br />

58<br />

As an alternative to what is shown on the next page, the 0V can also be laid in<br />

a star configuration to a functional ground.<br />

Mix-ups with power system cables must be prevented by choosing a suitable<br />

colour, cable identification and a suitable method of laying the low-voltage ca‐<br />

bles.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


8.3.1 Earthing the nurse call system<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

8. Laying cables<br />

Caution! The nurse call system's ground line (GND) must be connected to the<br />

equipotential bonding strip at one point.<br />

Primary Secondary<br />

L<br />

N<br />

PE<br />

Power supply<br />

unit<br />

0 V<br />

+24 V<br />

Primary Secondary<br />

L<br />

N<br />

PE<br />

Power supply<br />

unit<br />

0 V<br />

+24 V<br />

Primary Secondary<br />

L<br />

N<br />

PE<br />

Power supply<br />

unit<br />

0 V<br />

+24 V<br />

Ward bus<br />

Group 1<br />

GND<br />

+24 V<br />

Ward bus<br />

Group 2<br />

GND<br />

+24 V<br />

Ward bus<br />

Group 3<br />

GND<br />

+24 V<br />

Group Electronic (GE) 1<br />

GND<br />

Group Electronic (GE) 2<br />

GND<br />

Group Electronic (GE) 3<br />

GND<br />

Group bus<br />

Functional ground<br />

in accordance with VDE 0800 min. same as the cross<br />

section of the connecting cable to the power supply unit.<br />

59


8. Laying cables<br />

8.4 Current requirement<br />

60<br />

The overview below was compiled for the purpose of calculating the current re‐<br />

quirement in the CONCENTO PLUS system. The values are averages and can<br />

deviate slightly in individual cases. The system's total current consumption var‐<br />

ies depending on the functions used.<br />

Standby<br />

current<br />

consumption<br />

Additional current<br />

consumption<br />

11 5350 00 Telephone interface relay 10 mA<br />

19 0700 00 Management Interface 240 mA<br />

19 0700 10 Group Electronic (GE) 60 mA max. 300 mA per lamp output, 20 mA<br />

for the display backlight<br />

19 0700 20 Terminal SD6 P 85 mA max. 100 mA per lamp output, 20 mA<br />

for the display backlight<br />

19 0700 40 Terminal S4 P 75 mA max. 100 mA per lamp output<br />

19 0700 70 Terminal S4 B 75 mA max. 100 mA per lamp output<br />

19 0700 80 Display module 10 mA max. 100 mA per lamp output, 20 mA<br />

for the display backlight<br />

19 0701 00 Call/presence combination bus (RAB) 10 mA max. 100 mA per lamp output<br />

19 0704 00 Call switch with connection socket 9.1 mA<br />

19 0704 20 Call switch with 2 connection sockets 9.1 mA<br />

19 0707 20x Pull cord switch 0.1 mA<br />

19 0707 50x Pneumatic switch 0.1 mA<br />

19 0708 00 Call switch 1 mA<br />

19 0708 50 Call & cancel switch/WC 2 mA<br />

19 0708 80 Smoke detector 24 V DC 0 mA 35 mA (for alarm)<br />

19 0709 00 Cancel switch/WC 1 mA<br />

19 0781 08 Corridor display, 8-digit 50 mA max. 220 mA (for call)<br />

19 0781 16 Corridor display, 16-digit 60 mA max. 470 mA (for call)<br />

19 0782 08 Corridor display, 8-digit, double-sided 60 mA max. 470 mA (for call)<br />

19 0782 16 Corridor display, 16-digit, double-sided 80 mA max. 980 mA (for call)<br />

19 0790 00 Pear push switch incl. call switch 0.7 mA<br />

19 0790 02 Pear push switch incl. call and light switch 0,7 mA<br />

19 0790 30 Pear push switch incl. 2 call switches 0.4 mA<br />

19 0790 32 Pear push switch incl. call and light switch 0.4 mA<br />

19 0800 84 Fire alarm interface 40 mA<br />

77 0180 10 Room lamp universal, 3 sections 0 mA Per activated light section: 30 mA<br />

77 0181 10 Room lamp uni., 3 sections, with doorplate 0 mA Per activated light section: 30 mA<br />

Z 00 8201 10 Large-surface pneumatic switch 20 mA<br />

Z 00 8201 20 Sound detector 30 mA<br />

Z 00 8201 30 1-channel respiratory dual sensor system 100 mA<br />

Z 00 8002 04 Sensor mat CONCENTO 10 mA<br />

Z 00 8002 00 Sensor mat with free cable ends 0 mA<br />

Z 00 8202 00 Radio receiver 869.2125 MHz 33 mA<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


8.5 Group bus and ward bus (code: c)<br />

The group bus and the ward bus must be wired up in a line topology.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

8. Laying cables<br />

Warning! No stub lines may be installed for the group bus and for the ward bus.<br />

All devices must be directly connected to the bus.<br />

For laying the group bus, use what is available on location (distribution cabinet,<br />

cable shaft).<br />

The cables of the nurse call system and the power system must be laid with a<br />

minimum spacing of 30 cm. In the case of shorter sections of less than 10 m,<br />

a spacing of 10 cm is regarded as sufficient.<br />

230 V / 400 V AC<br />

Spacing > 30 cm<br />

Power system cable<br />

Nurse call system cable<br />

Nurse call system cables that leave the building must have overvoltage protec‐<br />

tion in accordance with DIN VDE 0845 at the exit point. There is no need for this<br />

overvoltage protection if a galvanic isolation point reliably prevents the crossing<br />

of hazardous voltages.<br />

8.5.1 Cable types<br />

8.5.1.1 System with speech<br />

In a system with speech transmission, install an installation cable of the type<br />

IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8 mm for the group bus and for the ward bus.<br />

8.5.1.2 System without speech<br />

In systems without speech transmission, it is sufficient to install an installation<br />

cable of the type IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm for the group bus and for the ward bus.<br />

However, as with the speech transmission system, it is urgently recommended<br />

to install the type IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8 so that there is a possibility for subsequent<br />

upgrading to speech transmission.<br />

61


8. Laying cables<br />

8.5.2 Specified cable assignment<br />

IY(ST)Y 4x2x0,8<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0,8<br />

62<br />

The cable IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8 is twisted in pairs with the following structure:<br />

white<br />

yellow<br />

white<br />

green<br />

white<br />

brown<br />

red<br />

blue<br />

Group bus<br />

GA<br />

GB<br />

GSA<br />

GSB<br />

GSC<br />

GSD<br />

unused<br />

unused<br />

Ward bus<br />

IA<br />

IB<br />

ISA<br />

ISB<br />

ISC<br />

ISD<br />

Data<br />

Speech<br />

The cable IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 is twisted in pairs with the following structure:<br />

white<br />

yellow<br />

red<br />

black<br />

Group bus<br />

GA<br />

GB<br />

unused<br />

unused<br />

Ward bus<br />

IA<br />

IB<br />

Data<br />

Warning! The specified twisted pairs must be kept to, otherwise functional<br />

faults will arise in the nurse call system. Wires must not be mixed up. There is<br />

a risk of mix-ups in the case of the white wires in particular.<br />

Proceed as follows to prevent the wires being mixed up:<br />

1. Pull in the cable so that 30 cm is still available for stripping.<br />

2. Strip the cable at the back box input. The pairs are now clearly recognisable.<br />

3. Clearly and permanently identify the pairs immediately and directly at the<br />

end of the cable sheath by firmly twisting or some other marking. Permanent<br />

identification is important so that the wires cannot be mixed up in the event<br />

of a device change later.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


8. Laying cables<br />

4. Only now cut off the wires to the required length and connect them up.<br />

Warning! The cable shield and the ground wire are not connected and must be<br />

removed in the back box up to the cable sheath. Otherwise short circuits or<br />

crosstalk can occur.<br />

Note! The warnings about mixing up wires and about the cable shield and<br />

ground wire also apply to the secondary lines, see Page 66.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

63


8. Laying cables<br />

8.5.3 Group bus<br />

64<br />

The maximum permissible cable length of the group bus is 700 m.<br />

The maximum number of users on the group bus is 40.<br />

The following devices are group bus users:<br />

Group Electronic<br />

Management Interface (maximum 1)<br />

Fire alarm interface (maximum 1)<br />

It is recommended to lay the group bus as a ring. The last part of the ring<br />

between the last and the first user is however not connected. It serves merely<br />

as a reserve in the event that faults occur in the group bus.<br />

The group bus must be connected at the first and last user with a 2.7 kOhm ter‐<br />

minating resistor between GA and GB. The resistor is already present in all<br />

devices (apart from the fire alarm interface) and only needs to be activated via<br />

a DIP switch or jumper.<br />

Group bus: IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8 mm, max. 700 m<br />

max. 40 group bus users<br />

Terminating<br />

resistor<br />

2.7 kOhm<br />

Terminating<br />

resistor<br />

2.7 kOhm<br />

Group Electronic<br />

Group Electronic<br />

Group Electronic<br />

Group Electronic<br />

Group Electronic<br />

Fire alarm interface<br />

Management Interface<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


8.5.4 Ward bus<br />

Group bus<br />

GE<br />

Terminating<br />

resistor<br />

2.7 kOhm<br />

The maximum permissible cable length of the ward bus is 700 m.<br />

The maximum number of users on the ward bus is 40.<br />

The following devices are ward bus users:<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

8. Laying cables<br />

Terminals SD6 P<br />

Terminals S4 P<br />

Terminals S4 B<br />

Display module<br />

Call/presence combination bus (RAB)<br />

Corridor displays (maximum 10 per ward bus)<br />

Management Interface (maximum 1, when connected to ward bus)<br />

It is recommended to lay the ward bus as a ring. The last part of the ring between<br />

the last user and the Group Electronic (GE) is however not connected. It serves<br />

merely as a reserve in the event that faults occur in the ward bus.<br />

The ward bus must am be connected at the first and last user with a 2.7 kOhm<br />

terminating resistor between IA and IB. The resistor is already present in all<br />

devices (apart from the corridor displays) and only needs to be activated via a<br />

DIP switch or jumper.<br />

Terminating<br />

resistor<br />

2.7 kOhm<br />

Terminal<br />

Ward bus: IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8 mm, max. 700 m<br />

Terminal<br />

RAB<br />

max. 40 ward bus users<br />

Terminal Terminal Display<br />

module<br />

Terminal<br />

65


8. Laying cables<br />

8.6 Secondary lines (code: a)<br />

Ward bus<br />

66<br />

19 0700 20<br />

The cable system with room devices that is connected to a defined input of a<br />

room terminal is designated as a secondary line. Room terminals are Terminal<br />

SD6 P, Terminal S4 P, Terminal S4 B, the display module and the call/presence<br />

combination bus (RAB). The number of secondary lines, i.e. the number of in‐<br />

puts of a room terminal, depends on the devices and can be found in the room<br />

terminal's product leaflets.<br />

Room devices that are connected to the secondary lines are:<br />

Room lamp<br />

All switches<br />

Call switch with connection socket<br />

Call switch with 2 connection sockets<br />

Sensor mat with free cable ends<br />

Smoke detector<br />

The cable type for secondary lines is ”a”, i.e. a standard telecommunications<br />

cable IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm.<br />

Note! Switches with 2 buttons, e.g. the call & cancel switch/WC, order<br />

no.19 0708 50, are connected differently to all other room devices with the ca‐<br />

ble type ”c”, i.e. a standard telecommunications cable IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8 mm.<br />

Each room device (apart from the room lamp) must be terminated with a<br />

120 kOhm resistor. Even when several room devices are connected to one<br />

defined secondary line, each of these devices must be terminated with a<br />

120 kOhm resistor. The resistor is already present in the devices. Refer to the<br />

product leaflet for the respective device for details of how to activate the termin‐<br />

ating resistor.<br />

Note! The maximum permissible cable length of each secondary line is 20 m<br />

in total. A maximum of 4 room devices may be connected to one defined secon‐<br />

dary line, i.e. at one input of a room terminal.<br />

a<br />

Secondary line<br />

Secondary line<br />

Secondary line<br />

Secondary line<br />

a<br />

77 0180 10<br />

4x2x0.8<br />

a<br />

19 0708 50<br />

19 0704 00 19 0704 00<br />

a a<br />

19 0708 00<br />

a<br />

19 0704 00<br />

19 0707 20x<br />

19 0704 00<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


9. Switching on the power supply<br />

Prerequisite: You have laid all cables and connected all devices apart from the<br />

power supply unit as per the enclosed product leaflets. Note: You can also find<br />

all product leaflets in the chapter ”Product leaflets” from Page 79.<br />

9.1 Checking the cable network<br />

You must check the cable network completely before switching on the system's<br />

supply voltage:<br />

Group bus (data line, speech line, power supply line)<br />

Ward bus (data line, speech line, power supply line)<br />

Secondary lines (data line, power supply line)<br />

9.2 Installing the power supply unit<br />

Before connecting the power supply unit, check the cables to the power supply<br />

unit to ensure that there are no short circuits and electric earth connections.<br />

Install the power supply unit as per the installation instructions enclosed with<br />

the power supply unit. You can also find all installation instructions in the<br />

chapter ”Product leaflets” from Page 79.<br />

9.3 Checking the power supply<br />

The operating voltage of the entire system is +24 V direct voltage. The system<br />

components are supplied with power supply units.<br />

Perform the tests described below:<br />

9.3.1 Test the power supply unit's output voltage<br />

Use a voltmeter to test the power supply unit's +24V output voltage.<br />

9.3.2 Test the +24V ring loop for continuity<br />

Disconnect one end of the ring loop from the power supply unit. Switch on the<br />

power supply unit and use a voltmeter to measure the voltage at the free wire<br />

ends. If there is no voltage present, the ring is not closed or a wire (+24V or<br />

GND) has been interrupted.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

67


9. Switching on the power supply<br />

68<br />

Power<br />

supply<br />

unit<br />

1. Ward bus user<br />

k<br />

k<br />

1. Ward bus user<br />

9.3.3 Supply voltage of the ward bus users<br />

In the ward being tested, activate 5 calls and 5 presences at the location with<br />

the greatest voltage drop with respect to the operating voltage, i.e. normally as<br />

far away as possible from the power supply unit.<br />

By measuring the voltage, determine the ward bus user (terminal, display mod‐<br />

ule, call/presence combination bus (RAB), Management Interface) at which the<br />

voltage is lowest. This point is the electric centre of the loop. At this point, the<br />

voltage difference to the first ward bus user (looking from the power supply unit)<br />

may not be greater than 4 V.<br />

If you measure a lower value, you must reduce the voltage drop by laying an<br />

additional cable from the power supply unit to this point (mid-feed) or - if present<br />

- double the GND wire.<br />

Power<br />

supply<br />

unit<br />

1. Ward bus user<br />

1. Ward bus user<br />

k<br />

k<br />

Electric<br />

centre<br />

Corridor displays are normally supplied with a separate power supply cable.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


10. Configuring the nurse call system<br />

Before the nurse call system can be put into operation, it must be configured<br />

with the specific data of the respective project. Configuration is performed ex‐<br />

clusively centrally with the ConLog PLUS management software.<br />

All project-specific data must be available for the start of the configuration.<br />

The ConLog PLUS management software is also used for logging and evaluating<br />

all system events of the nurse call system.<br />

10.1 Installing PC with ConLog PLUS<br />

10.1.1 System requirements<br />

10.1.1.1 Operating systems that can be used<br />

Microsoft Windows 7 (64 Bit)<br />

Microsoft Windows 7 (32 Bit)<br />

Microsoft Windows XP with SP3<br />

10.1.1.2 Minimum hardware configuration<br />

CPU with 1 GHz<br />

4 GB RAM<br />

40 GB hard drive<br />

1 serial COM interface<br />

DVD drive<br />

17 inch monitor<br />

USB 2.0<br />

LAN<br />

10.1.1.3 For remote maintenance (see Page 72)<br />

ISDN FRITZ!Card<br />

Software pcAnywhere<br />

10.1.2 Installation<br />

Connect the PC with the ConLog PLUS management software to the<br />

Management Interface on the nurse call system's group bus. For the necessary<br />

information, refer to the product leaflet for the Management Interface, see the<br />

chapter ”product leaflets”.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

69


10. Configuring the nurse call system<br />

Remote<br />

maintenance<br />

(see Page 72)<br />

19 8000 10<br />

Telephone<br />

network<br />

70<br />

ISDN<br />

You can operate this installation as a stand-alone solution.<br />

However, ConLog PLUS is also network-capable, i.e. it can be operated in a<br />

server/client structure. The PC, which is connected directly at the Management<br />

Interface, is the server and contains the database with the project-specific data.<br />

At the same time, this is the first ConLog PLUS workstation. A maximum of 10<br />

further workstations can be installed as clients in the network. They access the<br />

server's database. The following software must be installed on the PCs:<br />

ConLogPLUS Management Interface Server, Order no. 19 0803 00<br />

ConLogPLUS Management Interface Client, Order no. 19 0803 05<br />

Server and clients must be organised in the same network.<br />

Server<br />

19 0803 00<br />

Management<br />

interface<br />

19 0800 15<br />

Length: 3 m<br />

Client 1<br />

19 0803 05<br />

Group bus of the nurse call system<br />

LAN / Ethernet<br />

Client 2<br />

19 0803 05<br />

Fig. 6: Workstations with ConLog PLUS management software<br />

Client 10<br />

19 0803 05<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

10. Configuring the nurse call system<br />

10.2 Configuration to be done with ConLog PLUS<br />

Fig. 7: ConLog PLUS Management Software<br />

Establishment of the logical structure of the nurse call system in wards,<br />

areas and shifts<br />

Entry of ward and room names<br />

Programming of the Management Interface, the Group Electronics and ter‐<br />

minals with the project-specific settings via the bus system via Management<br />

Interface<br />

Firmware updates of the Management Interface, the Group Electronics and<br />

terminals (note: currently not possible.)<br />

Management of the system interfaces for paging and telephoning<br />

Management of call forwarding to Telecare Control Centres<br />

Note! Use of the ConLog PLUS management software is described in the Online<br />

Help for the software.<br />

Note! A database containing the project-specific data is required for the config‐<br />

uration of a CONCENTO PLUS nurse call system. We create this database for<br />

you, on the basis of your specified data, order no. 19 0000 70. This order num‐<br />

ber is required for 10 rooms.<br />

71


10. Configuring the nurse call system<br />

10.3 Remote maintenance<br />

72<br />

It is highly recommended to set up access for remote maintenance of the<br />

CONCENTO PLUS nurse call system. This enables a system technician to re‐<br />

motely control the computer on which the ConLog PLUS management software<br />

is installed in order to diagnose faults, install updates or provide support during<br />

operation and configuration. Unauthorised third-party remote access is not<br />

possible.<br />

Remote maintenance module for ConLogPLUS , order no. 19 0800 10<br />

The remote maintenance module includes an ISDN FRITZ!Card as well as the<br />

Software pcAnywhere.<br />

10.3.1 Performance features<br />

Efficient troubleshooting on remote systems<br />

File transfer in the background<br />

Supports 13 different authentication methods including LDAP, ADS, NDS,<br />

Novell Bindery, NT domains and RSA SecurID<br />

Input prompt, task manager, services and Regedit can be started directly<br />

from the user interface.<br />

Fast remote connections thanks to compatibility with cable and DSL mo‐<br />

dems<br />

Reliable security functions protect against unauthorised access<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

11. Function check<br />

Note! If the nurse call system is to meet the requirements of German Standard<br />

DIN VDE 0834, all tests specified in this standard must be carried out. Please<br />

note that the tests specified in DIN VDE 0834 go beyond the tests described<br />

in this manual.<br />

73


11. Function check<br />

11.1 Checking that the nurse call system is free of<br />

faults<br />

11.1.1 Fault displays on equipment for the nursing staff<br />

74<br />

Faults are shown in the display (”Fault”, ”FLT” or ”FR”) of the following devices,<br />

along with the fault location:<br />

On corridor displays (scrolling) and alternately with calls and presences.<br />

On the terminal SD6 P (when presence is activated) when scrolling through<br />

the current messages or directly when there are no calls and presences.<br />

On the display module (when presence is activated), alternately with calls<br />

and presences.<br />

Here, the faults are displayed in the same way as calls, i.e. initially only in their<br />

own ward or, in the case of group coupling, in the coupled wards. If the fault is<br />

not remedied within the call overflow time, it is displayed in all wards in the build‐<br />

ing.<br />

11.1.1.1 ConLog PLUS Management Software<br />

All of the nurse call system's fault messages can be identified in the<br />

ConLog PLUS management software by looking at and evaluating the call docu‐<br />

mentation of the messages present.<br />

11.1.2 Fault messages on equipment for technicians<br />

11.1.2.1 Group Electronic<br />

Button 1<br />

Button 3<br />

Button 5<br />

Button 2<br />

Button 4<br />

Button 6<br />

Fault on group bus when LED in button 5 is permanently on or off.<br />

Fault on ward bus when LED in button 6 is permanently on or off. The output<br />

to the fault signal lamp also switches.<br />

Group Electronic faulty or is not completely programmed when LED in but‐<br />

ton 2 is on. The fault signal relay (potential-free) also switches.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

11. Function check<br />

Input for fault signal contact of the power supply unit (24 V DC) leads to<br />

mains failure message in the nurse call system.<br />

11.1.2.2 Management Interface<br />

Fault signal relay (potential-free) for monitoring the ConLog service.<br />

Forwarding fault messages to particular destinations (telephone, DECT,<br />

pager, PNC/ WILMA)<br />

75


11. Function check<br />

11.2 Checking the light call function of each room<br />

11.2.1 Checking the room<br />

Press<br />

call button (red).<br />

76<br />

Activate<br />

presence 1<br />

(green) on the<br />

room terminal.<br />

Deactivate<br />

presence 1<br />

(green) on the<br />

room terminal.<br />

Perform the following test for all call devices in the room:<br />

Start<br />

yes<br />

LED of<br />

call button (red) is<br />

on with a weak<br />

light.<br />

no<br />

LED of call button<br />

(red) is on with a<br />

bright light.<br />

LED of call button<br />

(red) is on with a<br />

weak light.<br />

LED in the<br />

presence button<br />

(green) is on.<br />

LED in the<br />

presence button<br />

(green) turns off.<br />

Remedy fault.<br />

Room lamp:<br />

Red is on.<br />

Room lamp:<br />

Red is off.<br />

Green is on.<br />

Room lamp:<br />

LEDs turn off.<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


11.2.1.1 Checking function from WCs en suite to room<br />

Press<br />

WC call button<br />

(red).<br />

Press<br />

WC cancel button<br />

(grey).<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

11. Function check<br />

Perform the following test for all call devices in the WC en suite to room:<br />

LED of WC call<br />

button (red) is on<br />

with a bright light.<br />

LED of WC call<br />

button (red) is on<br />

with a weak light.<br />

Start<br />

yes<br />

LED of<br />

WC call button<br />

(red) is on with a<br />

weak light.<br />

no<br />

LED of<br />

WC cancel button<br />

(grey) is on.<br />

LED of<br />

WC cancel button<br />

(grey) turns off.<br />

Remedy fault.<br />

Room lamp:<br />

Red is on.<br />

White is on.<br />

Room lamp:<br />

LEDs turn off.<br />

77


11. Function check<br />

78<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

12. Product leaflets<br />

Each device comes with a product leaflet describing how to install and connect<br />

this device. You will also find the product leaflets on the following pages of this<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Warning! Do not install the power supply unit until the other installation work has<br />

been completed. Work with the equipment de-energized. Otherwise a short circuit<br />

can occur!<br />

Room terminals .......................... 81<br />

19 0700 20 Terminal SD6 P .................................. 82<br />

19 0700 40 Terminal S4 P ................................... 87<br />

19 0700 70 Terminal S4 B ................................... 87<br />

19 0700 80 Display module .................................. 90<br />

19 0701 00 Call/presence combination bus (RAB) ............... 94<br />

Room lamps, corridor displays ............ 96<br />

77 0180 10 Room lamp universal, 3 sections ................... 97<br />

77 0181 10 Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate ...... 99<br />

19 0781 08 Corridor display, 8-digit ............................ 100<br />

19 0781 16 Corridor display, 16-digit ........................... 100<br />

19 0782 08 Corridor display, 8-digit ............................ 102<br />

19 0782 16 Corridor display, 16-digit ........................... 102<br />

Switches ................................ 104<br />

19 0707 20x Pull cord switch .................................. 105<br />

19 0708 00 Call switch ...................................... 107<br />

19 0708 50 Call & cancel switch/WC ........................... 109<br />

19 0709 00 Cancel switch /WC ............................... 111<br />

19 0707 50x Pneumatic switch ................................. 113<br />

Call switches with connection socket ...... 115<br />

19 0704 00 Call switch with connection socket .................. 116<br />

19 0704 20 Call switch with 2 connection sockets ............... 119<br />

System control .......................... 122<br />

19 0700 10 Group Electronic (GE) ............................. 123<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 79


12. Product leaflets<br />

19 0700 00 Management Interface ............................ 127<br />

Power supply units ....................... 133<br />

77 3400 00 Power supply unit UPS ............................ 134<br />

77 3401 00 Power supply unit ................................ 141<br />

77 3400 10 Power supply unit UPS 60 ......................... 144<br />

77 3450 00 Battery set for UPS 60 ............................ 150<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 80<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


12.1 Room terminals<br />

19 0700 20 Terminal SD6 P<br />

19 0700 40 Terminal S4 P<br />

19 0700 70 Terminal S4 B<br />

19 0700 80 Display module<br />

19 0701 00 Call/presence combination bus (RAB)<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 81<br />

12. Product leaflets


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Terminal SD6 P, order no. 19 0700 20<br />

Room terminal for the CONCENTO PLUS system, incorporating<br />

duplex speech facility with display and buttons for activation and<br />

deactivation of presence, raising calls, answering calls and uni‐<br />

versal button. The room terminal controls and monitors all room<br />

functions.<br />

It is possible to install the terminal in an existing nurse call sys‐<br />

tem of the type ”Concento” if the terminal is connected to a ward<br />

bus that is controlled by a group electronic, order no. 19 0700 10<br />

or 10 0700 10, and the ConLogII or ConLog PLUS software is used<br />

in the system.<br />

Dimensions incl. mounting plate (HxWxD): 190 x 102 x 50 mm<br />

Weight: approx. 330 g<br />

Standby current consumption: approx. 90 mA at 24 V DC<br />

The mounting kit, order no. 19 0700 90, i.e. the mounting plate<br />

with three connectors, must be ordered separately.<br />

A pull cord, order no. 19 1421 10, can be connected at the input<br />

R7 of the terminal.<br />

Note: The complete installation of the system is<br />

described in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Caution! Electrostatic sensitive components<br />

The printed circuit boards in the terminal contain<br />

components at risk from electrostatic charges.<br />

Therefore, avoid touching them.<br />

Installation in an existing Concento system<br />

If you connect the terminal to an existing Concento system ins‐<br />

tead of a CONCENTOPLUS system, you must adapt the position<br />

of the DIP switches behind the cover 2 on the side.<br />

1. Lever off the cover 2 on the side of the Terminal 1 with a<br />

screwdriver and then remove it<br />

2. Set the DIP switches according to the connected group<br />

electronic (GE):<br />

DIP switch<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

ON<br />

ON<br />

ON<br />

ON<br />

3. Replace the cover 2 and press it on until it engages.<br />

Mounting<br />

GE = 19 0700 10<br />

Sliding switch<br />

in position:<br />

CONCENTO PLUS<br />

Factory setting<br />

GE = 19 0700 10<br />

Sliding switch<br />

in position:<br />

Concento<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

ON<br />

GE = 10 0700 10<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

ON<br />

Wall mounting in the room's entrance area.<br />

1. Strip the connecting cable to a suitable length. Remove the<br />

cable shield and the ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. Connect the wires as per Fig. D to the three connectors of the<br />

mounting kit.<br />

3. Route the three connected connectors through the opening of<br />

the mounting plate 5.<br />

4. Securely screw the mounting plate 5 to the back box 6 with<br />

the four screws 4 of the back box.<br />

5. Set the DIP switch next to the connection field 8 on the rear of<br />

the terminal as per Fig. D.<br />

6. Plug the three wired connectors onto the connection field 8 on<br />

the back of the terminal, see Fig. A.<br />

7. Attach the Terminal 1 to the mounting plate 5 so that the four<br />

protruding screws 3 are inserted into the ”keyholes” of the<br />

mounting plate 5.<br />

8. Slide down the Terminal 1 until it clicks into place.<br />

00 8814 18, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 82<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

Front side<br />

2<br />

1 1<br />

3<br />

3<br />

Rear side<br />

1 Terminal SD6 P<br />

2 Cover on side of terminal<br />

3 Four protruding screws<br />

4* Four screws of the back box<br />

5* Mounting plate<br />

6* Back box<br />

7* Mounting plate latch<br />

8 Connection field<br />

* Not included with product delivery.<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

4<br />

4<br />

7<br />

3<br />

8<br />

3<br />

1<br />

DIP switch 1 - 4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6


Terminal SD6 P, order no. 19 0700 20<br />

Connect the connecting cable and set the DIP switches<br />

Note! There is no bridge between 1 and 2<br />

(GND) and no bridge between 3 and 4<br />

(+24V) in the connector. The bridges are on<br />

the printed circuit board.<br />

R6 = Door alarm<br />

R5 = Fire<br />

R4 = WC cancel button<br />

R7 = Door alarm<br />

Ward bus (data)<br />

Ward bus (speech)<br />

+24 V<br />

RD<br />

IA<br />

WH(YE)<br />

R6<br />

IB<br />

YE<br />

Legend:<br />

1 ) GND = Connection to Point 1 or 2 of the 4-pole connector,<br />

or Point 1 of the 10-pole connector<br />

2 ) Colour WA = WH. Only for Call & cancel switch only = WH(GN).<br />

3 ) Switching power per output: 100 mA at 24 V DC.<br />

00 8814 18, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 83<br />

+24 V<br />

ISA<br />

WH(GN)<br />

R5<br />

ISB<br />

GN<br />

BU<br />

GND<br />

+24 V<br />

ISC<br />

WH(BN)<br />

GND<br />

R4<br />

ISD<br />

BN<br />

BN<br />

+24 V<br />

+24 V<br />

AW<br />

WL<br />

RL<br />

GND<br />

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1<br />

YE<br />

R3<br />

WH<br />

+24 V<br />

1 2 3 4<br />

Room lamp 3 )<br />

Power supply<br />

+24 V<br />

RD<br />

4-pole connector<br />

Max. wire cross section: 2.5 mm 2<br />

R2<br />

BK or BU<br />

+24 V<br />

R1<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12<br />

WH<br />

BK or BU GND 1 )<br />

BK or BU GND 1 )<br />

BK or BU GND 1 )<br />

Inputs<br />

A maximum of 4 monitored devices can be connected at each<br />

input.<br />

All inputs are configurable. For restrictions when installing in an<br />

existing Concento system, see the ”Configuring inputs” chapter.<br />

The factory setting is shown in Fig. D and E.<br />

The following parameters can be configured:<br />

- Call type<br />

- NC/NO contact<br />

- Static call (trigger pulse) / dynamic call (trigger duration)<br />

RD<br />

WH<br />

RD<br />

WH 2 )<br />

RD<br />

WH<br />

YE<br />

RD<br />

YE<br />

WH<br />

RD<br />

WH<br />

GND 1 )<br />

GND 1 )<br />

GND 1 )<br />

ON<br />

OFF<br />

BK or BU<br />

BK or BU<br />

12-pole connector<br />

BK or BU<br />

R1 = Call button Bed 1<br />

R2 = Call button Bed 2<br />

R3 = WC call button<br />

10-pole connector<br />

DIP switch<br />

ON: Terminal is the first or last bus<br />

user on the ward bus<br />

(= bus termination)<br />

OFF: Terminal is neither the first nor<br />

last bus user on the ward bus<br />

One wire<br />

Four wires<br />

Factory setting of the inputs<br />

Inp. Call type NC or NO<br />

contact<br />

Output<br />

Input<br />

Static or<br />

dynamic call<br />

R1 Bed 1<br />

NO contact Static call<br />

R2 Bed 2<br />

NO contact Static call<br />

R3 WC call<br />

NO contact Static call<br />

R4 WC cancel button NO contact Static call<br />

R5 Fire<br />

NO contact Dynamic call<br />

R6 Door alarm NO contact Static call<br />

R7 Door alarm NO contact Static call


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Terminal SD6 P, order no. 19 0700 20<br />

Putting a terminal into operation<br />

If you have carried out all the aforementioned installation work<br />

and the ward bus is in operation with the physically associated<br />

group electronic, put the terminal into operation:<br />

1. Switch on the power supply.<br />

The display briefly shows the terminal's device ID.<br />

The device ID is a 7-digit number that can also be found on<br />

the device label, e.g. 0020000.<br />

The display briefly shows ”Adr 9999, ”PGR 00” and then<br />

”Room Type Room”.<br />

The display then continuously shows: ”WAIT FOR CONFIG”<br />

('waiting for configuration'). The LEDs in the middle two<br />

buttons are on. See Fig. F.<br />

2. Program the terminal via the bus system with the ConLog<br />

software. For details, refer to the documentation of the<br />

ConLog software.<br />

When the terminal is fully programmed, the LEDs in the two<br />

middle buttons go out. The display changes to the operating<br />

display.<br />

The terminal is in operation. For details of operating the<br />

terminal, refer to the nurse call system's operating<br />

instructions.<br />

Service menu<br />

Starting the service menu<br />

Keep the buttons 3 and 4 simultaneously pressed for 10 sec.<br />

The software revision of the terminal (SW-Rev.) is displayed.<br />

The service menu is active.<br />

Scrolling through the service menu<br />

Press the button 2 to scroll forwards in the menu.<br />

Press the button 1 to scroll backwards in the menu.<br />

Displaying password-protected menu points<br />

Menu points that are used for system configuration are pass‐<br />

word-protected. This is how to display password-protected menu<br />

points:<br />

1. In the service menu, scroll to the ”System Config” menu point<br />

as described above.<br />

2. Press the button 4 to select the menu point<br />

”Password” appears.<br />

3. Press the following buttons in turn as the password:<br />

1- 3 - 4 - 6.<br />

4. Press the button 4.<br />

The software version of the terminal is displayed. The<br />

password-protected menu points are accessible.<br />

Saving changes and exiting the service menu<br />

Keep the buttons 3 and 4 simultaneously pressed for 3 sec.<br />

The changes are saved. The service menu is no longer<br />

active. The display shows the normal operating display.<br />

Timeout for the service menu! If no button is pressed for longer<br />

than 1 minute, the menu is ended automatically without saving<br />

the changes.<br />

00 8814 18, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 3<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 84<br />

Display before programming:<br />

LEDs are on until the terminal is fully<br />

programmed and in operation<br />

Button 1<br />

Button 3<br />

Button 5<br />

Display in normal operation:<br />

If there is no message<br />

(call, presence, fault):<br />

Timezone<br />

Time<br />

Button 2<br />

Button 4<br />

Button 6


Terminal SD6 P, order no. 19 0700 20<br />

Changing the display language of the terminal<br />

1. In the service menu, scroll to the menu point ”Language” (see<br />

Page 3).<br />

2. Press the button 4.<br />

3. Press button 1 as often as necessary until the desired<br />

language appears.<br />

4. Press the button 2 in order to accept your setting.<br />

The set language is accepted. Note: The setting is not saved<br />

until the service menu is ended (see Page 3).<br />

Button 1<br />

Button 3<br />

Button 5<br />

00 8814 18, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 4<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 85<br />

Button 2<br />

Button 4<br />

Button 6<br />

Registering room devices (absolutely essential)<br />

So that the room devices connected to the terminal are monitored for faults, they must first be registered by the termi‐<br />

nal.<br />

Prerequisite: Terminating resistors active<br />

The 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active on all room devices connected to the terminal. If several devices<br />

(max. 4 per input) are connected, the terminating resistor must be active on each of these devices. Refer to the in‐<br />

stallation instructions for the device for how to activate the terminating resistor.<br />

How to register the room devices<br />

1. In the service menu, scroll to the menu point ”Register Inputs” (see Page 3).<br />

2. Press the button 4.<br />

The terminal registers all operational room devices with a terminating resistor. The display shows the number of<br />

registered devices.<br />

Setting the room type (absolutely essential)<br />

The following room types can be set:<br />

- Room = Patient's / resident's room (factory setting).<br />

- Staff = Function same as ”Room” plus possibility of making announcements. No passive alarm function.<br />

- StaffHAB = Staff room + main console = Function same as ”Staff” plus possibility of switching timezones.<br />

Attention! The room type ”StaffHAB” can only be used in nurse call systems with manual coupling<br />

(setting in ConLog). Only one terminal SD6 P may be set to this room type per nurse call system.<br />

1. Displaying the password-protected menu points (see Page 3).<br />

2. Scroll to ”Room type” with button 1 or 2.<br />

3. Press the button 4.<br />

4. Press button 1 as often as necessary until the desired room type appears.<br />

5. Press the button 2 in order to accept your setting.<br />

The setting is accepted. Note: The setting is not saved until the service menu is ended (see Page 3).<br />

Changing function of universal button (optional function)<br />

In the factory setting, the universal button (button 5) is configured as the WC cancel button. However, you can set for<br />

the universal button (button 5) any desired call type stored in the ConLog software, e.g.”Service call” (= call type 17).<br />

1. Displaying the password-protected menu points of the service menu (see Page 3).<br />

2. Scroll to ”Config C Switch” with button 1 or 2.<br />

3. Press the button 4.<br />

4. Press button 1 as often as necessary until the desired tens digit appears (e.g. 17 in the case of Service call).<br />

5. Press the button 2 to change to the units digit.<br />

6. Press button 1 as often as necessary until the desired units digit appears (e.g. 17 in the case of Service call).<br />

7. Press the button 2 in order to accept your setting.<br />

The set room type is accepted. Note: The setting is not saved until the service<br />

menu is ended (see Page 3).


Terminal SD6 P, order no. 19 0700 20<br />

Configuring inputs (optional function)<br />

In the factory setting the terminal inputs are configured as shown<br />

in Fig. E. For each input*) you can set another call type, NO or<br />

NC contact as well as static call (trigger pulse) or dynamic call<br />

(trigger duration).<br />

1. Displaying the password-protected menu points of the service<br />

menu (see Page 3).<br />

2. Scroll to ”Rx Conf” with button 1 or 2 (x = input number).<br />

3. Press the button 4.<br />

4. Press button 1 as often as necessary until the desired value<br />

appears: NO contact = 0, NC contact = 1<br />

5. Press the button 2 to change to the next digit.<br />

6. Press button 1 as often as necessary until the desired tens<br />

digit for the call type appears (e.g. 13 for room call).<br />

7. Press the button 2 to change to the next digit.<br />

8. Press button 1 as often as necessary until the desired units<br />

digit for the call type appears (z.B. 13 for room call).<br />

9. Press the button 2 to change to the next digit.<br />

10.Press button 1 as often as necessary until the desired value<br />

appears: Static call = S, Dynamic call = D<br />

11. Press the button 2 in order to accept your setting.<br />

The set room type is accepted. Note: The setting is not saved<br />

until the service menu is ended (see Page 3).<br />

*) Exception: Installation in an existing Concento system<br />

If the DIP switches 1, 2, and 3 behind the cover on the side of the<br />

terminal are set to position OFF (see Fig. B) only the settings for<br />

input R5 and input R6 can be changed. Furthermore the inputs<br />

R7 and R6 are connected, i.e. the setting for R6 also appllies to<br />

R7. If a pullcord is connected to R7, R6 has to be set to the ap‐<br />

propiate call type.<br />

00 8814 18, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 5<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 86<br />

Configuring an input<br />

0 = NO contact<br />

1 = NC contact<br />

R1-Konf<br />

1 13 S<br />

Extract from the ConLog<br />

call type table<br />

Nr.<br />

01<br />

09<br />

13<br />

31<br />

32<br />

34<br />

38<br />

Terminal's input<br />

Call type from the<br />

ConLog call type list<br />

Callart<br />

Alarm call<br />

WC Cancel<br />

Room Call<br />

Diagnostic<br />

Telephone call<br />

Intruder<br />

External alarm<br />

S = Static call<br />

D = Dynamic call<br />

Test Lamp<br />

To check whether the room lamp and all switches are connected,<br />

perform the following test:<br />

1. In the service menu, scroll to the menu point ”Test Lamp”<br />

(see Page 3).<br />

Temporary settings (optional function)<br />

The following menu points of the service menu can<br />

be only temporarily set on the terminal, as they are<br />

overwritten by the ConLog software during the next<br />

update:<br />

2. Press the button 4 to start the test.<br />

The light sections of the room lamp and the LEDs of all<br />

switches flash simultaneously 15 times at 1-second intervals.<br />

Note: Call switches with connection socket(s) and pear push<br />

switches are not covered by this test.<br />

-<br />

-<br />

-<br />

-<br />

Passive Alarm: Switch function on/off<br />

Timeout NAB (answering): „1–10 Min.“<br />

Call Overflow: „1–5 Min.“ or Call Overflow „Off“<br />

Fresh Call: „1–30 Min.“<br />

- Call tone volume: „1–4“ or Call tone „Off“<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. With the thumb of one hand, push the latch 7 on the<br />

underside of the terminal 1 towards the wall so that the lock is<br />

released.<br />

Underside<br />

2. At the same time and with the other hand, slide up the<br />

terminal 1 approximately 1 cm and then remove it from the<br />

1<br />

mounting plate.<br />

3. Unplug the connectors from connection field 8 on the rear of<br />

the terminal 1, see Fig. A.<br />

5<br />

7


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Terminal S4 P, order no. 19 0700 40 / Terminal S4 B, order no. 19 0700 70<br />

Terminal S4 P, order no. 19 0700 40<br />

Room terminal for the CONCENTO PLUS system, incorporating<br />

duplex speech facility system, with buttons for activating/deac‐<br />

tivating of presence, raising calls and answering calls.<br />

Terminal S4 B, order no. 19 0700 70<br />

Room terminal for the CONCENTOPLUS system, incorporating<br />

duplex speech facility system, with buttons for activating/deac‐<br />

tivating of presence, raising calls, residents' daily notification and<br />

residents' notification of absence as well as call answering.<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> data<br />

Dimensions incl. mounting plate (HxWxD): 190 x 102 x 50 mm<br />

Weight: approx. 305 g<br />

Standby current consumption: approx. 80 mA at 24 V DC<br />

The mounting kit, order no. 19 0700 90, i.e. the mounting plate<br />

with three connectors, must be ordered separately<br />

A pull cord, order no. 19 1421 10, can be connected to the input<br />

R7 of the terminal.<br />

It is possible to install the terminals in an existing nurse call sys‐<br />

tem of the type ”Concento” if the terminal is connected to a ward<br />

bus that is controlled by a group electronic, order no. 19 0700 10<br />

or 10 0700 10, and the ConLogII or ConLogPLUS 8<br />

2<br />

1 1 1<br />

3 3<br />

Terminal S4 P Terminal S4 B Rear of the<br />

terminals<br />

1 Terminal<br />

2 Covers on side of terminal<br />

software is used<br />

in the system. In this context, refer to the instructions on Page 3.<br />

3 Four protruding screws<br />

4* Four screws of the back box<br />

5* Mounting plate<br />

6* Back box<br />

7* Mounting plate latch<br />

8 Connection field<br />

* Not included with product delivery.<br />

Note: The complete installation of the system is<br />

described in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Caution! Electrostatic sensitive components<br />

The printed circuit boards in the terminal contain<br />

components at risk from electrostatic charges.<br />

Therefore, avoid touching them.<br />

Mounting<br />

Wall mounting in the room's entrance area.<br />

1. Strip the connecting cable to a suitable length. Remove the<br />

cable shield and the ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. Connect the wires as per Fig. D to the three connectors of the<br />

mounting kit.<br />

3. Route the three connected connectors through the opening of<br />

the mounting plate 5.<br />

4. Securely screw the mounting plate 5 to the back box 6 with<br />

the four screws 4 of the back box.<br />

5. Set the DIP switch next to the connection field 8 on the rear of<br />

the terminal as per Fig. D.<br />

6. Plug the three wired connectors onto the connection field 8 on<br />

the back of the terminal, see Fig. A.<br />

7. Attach the Terminal 1 to the mounting plate 5so that the four<br />

protruding screws 3 are inserted into the 'keyholes' of the<br />

mounting plate 5.<br />

8. Slide down the Terminal 1 until it clicks into place.<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. With the thumb of one hand, push the latch 7 on the<br />

underside of the terminal 1 towards the wall so that the lock is<br />

released.<br />

2. At the same time and with the other hand, slide up the<br />

terminal 1 approximately 1 cm and then remove it from the<br />

mounting plate.<br />

3. Unplug the connectors from connection field 8 on the rear of<br />

the terminal 1, see Fig. A.<br />

00 8814 19, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 87<br />

1<br />

1<br />

5<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

4<br />

4<br />

7<br />

4<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Underside<br />

3<br />

6<br />

3<br />

7


Terminal S4 P, order no. 19 0700 40 / Terminal S4 B, order no. 19 0700 70<br />

Connect the connecting cable and set the DIP switches<br />

Note! There is no bridge between 1 and 2<br />

(GND) and no bridge between 3 and 4<br />

(+24V) in the connector. The bridges are<br />

on the printed circuit board<br />

R6 = Door alarm<br />

R5 = Fire<br />

R4 = WC cancel button<br />

R7 = Door alarm<br />

Ward bus (data)<br />

Ward bus (speech)<br />

+24 V<br />

RD<br />

IA<br />

WH(YE)<br />

Legend:<br />

1 ) GND = Connection to Point 1 or 2 of the 4-pole connector, or Point 1 of the<br />

10-pole connector<br />

2 ) Colour WA = WH. Only for Call & cancel switch only = WH(GN).<br />

3 ) Switching power per output: 100 mA at 24 V DC<br />

R6<br />

IB<br />

YE<br />

00 8814 19, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 88<br />

+24 V<br />

ISA<br />

WH(GN)<br />

R5<br />

ISB<br />

GN<br />

BU<br />

GND<br />

+24 V<br />

ISC<br />

WH(BN)<br />

GND<br />

R4<br />

ISD<br />

BN<br />

BN<br />

+24 V<br />

+24 V<br />

AW<br />

WL<br />

RL<br />

GND<br />

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1<br />

YE<br />

R3<br />

WH<br />

+24 V<br />

1 2 3 4<br />

Zimmerleuchte 3 )<br />

Power supply<br />

+24 V<br />

RD<br />

4-pole connector<br />

Max. wire cross section: 2.5 mm 2<br />

R2<br />

BK or BU<br />

+24 V<br />

R1<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12<br />

WH<br />

BK or BU GND 1 )<br />

BK or BU GND 1 )<br />

BK or BU GND 1 )<br />

Inputs<br />

A maximum of 4 monitored devices can be connected at each<br />

input. All inputs are configurable with a service module. For ex‐<br />

ceptions see the chapter ”Installation in an existing Concento<br />

system” on Page 3. The inputs R5 and R6 can be configured<br />

with the ConLog software. The factory setting is shown in Fig. D<br />

and E.<br />

The following parameters can be configured:<br />

- Call type<br />

- NC/NO contact<br />

- Static call (trigger pulse) / dynamic call (trigger duration)<br />

RD<br />

WH<br />

RD<br />

WH 2 )<br />

RD<br />

WH<br />

YE<br />

RD<br />

YE<br />

WH<br />

RD<br />

WH<br />

GND 1 )<br />

GND 1 )<br />

GND 1 )<br />

ON<br />

OFF<br />

12-pole connector<br />

BK or BU<br />

BK or BU<br />

BK or BU<br />

R1 = Call button Bed 1<br />

R2 = Call button Bed 2<br />

R3 = WC call button<br />

10-pole connector<br />

DIP switch<br />

ON: Terminal is the first or last bus<br />

user on the ward bus<br />

(= bus termination)<br />

OFF: Terminal is neither the first nor<br />

last bus user on the ward bus<br />

One wire<br />

Four wires<br />

Factory setting of the inputs<br />

Inp. Call type NC or NO<br />

contact<br />

Output<br />

Input<br />

Static or<br />

dynamic call<br />

R1 Bed 1<br />

NO contact Static call<br />

R2 Bed 2<br />

NO contact Static call<br />

R3 WC call<br />

NO contact Static call<br />

R4 WC cancel button NO contact Static call<br />

R5 Fire<br />

NO contact Dynamic call<br />

R6 Dooralarm NO contact Static call<br />

R7 Dooralarm NO contact Static call


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Terminal S4 P, order no. 19 0700 40 / Terminal S4 B, order no. 19 0700 70<br />

Putting a terminal into operation<br />

If you have carried out all the aforementioned installation work and the ward bus is in operation with the physically as‐<br />

sociated group electronic, put the terminal into operation:<br />

1. Switch on the power supply.<br />

The LEDs of the two grey buttons are on.<br />

2. Program the terminal via the bus system with the ConLog software. For details, refer to the documentation of the<br />

ConLog software.<br />

When the terminal is fully programmed, the LEDs in the two grey buttons go out.<br />

The terminal is in operation. For details of operating the terminal, refer to the nurse call system's operating<br />

instructions.<br />

Registering room devices<br />

So that the room devices connected to the terminal are monitored for faults, they must first be registered by the termi<br />

nal.<br />

Prerequisite: Terminating resistors active<br />

The 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active on all room devices connected to the terminal. If several devices<br />

(max. 4 per input) are connected, the terminating resistor must be active on each of these devices. Refer to the in‐<br />

stallation instructions for the device for how to activate the terminating resistor.<br />

How to register the room devices and perform two simultaneous tests:<br />

Keep the two grey buttons on the terminal pressed for 10 seconds and then release them.<br />

The terminal registers all operational room devices with a terminating resistor. Three short confirmation tones<br />

sound.<br />

The LEDs of all functional terminal buttons flash 5 times at 1-second intervals.<br />

The light sections of the room lamp and the LEDsof all connected switches flash simultaneously 15 times at<br />

1-second intervals.<br />

Note: The LEDs of the call switches with connection socket(s) and the LEDs of the pear push switches do not flash in<br />

this test.<br />

Installation in an existing Concento system<br />

If you connect the terminal to an existing Concento system ins‐<br />

tead of a CONCENTOPLUS system, you must adapt the position<br />

of the DIP switches behind the cover 2 on the side.<br />

1. Lever off the cover 2 on the side of the Terminal 1 with a<br />

screwdriver and then remove it.<br />

2. Set the DIP switches 1 - 4 according to the connected group<br />

electronic (GE), as per Fig. B.<br />

3. Replace the cover 2 and press it on until it engages.<br />

Note: Configurability of the inputs<br />

When the DIP switches 1, 2 and 3 are inthe OFF position, not all<br />

inputs are configurable. Only the configuration of inputs R5 and<br />

R6 can be changed. Furthermore the inputs R7 and R6 are<br />

connected, i.e. the R6 setting also applies to R7. If a pull cord is<br />

connected to R7, then R6 must be set to the desired call type.<br />

00 8814 19, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 3<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 89<br />

DIP switch<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

ON<br />

ON<br />

ON<br />

ON<br />

2<br />

GE = 19 0700 10<br />

Sliding switch<br />

in position:<br />

CONCENTO PLUS<br />

Factory setting<br />

GE = 19 0700 10<br />

Sliding switch<br />

in position:<br />

Concento<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

ON<br />

1<br />

DIP switch 1 – 4<br />

GE = 10 0700 10<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

ON


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Display module, order no. 19 0700 80<br />

Module for nurse call systems CONCENTO PLUS type for use by<br />

staff including a green presence button and a red call button as<br />

well as a display and a buzzer for displaying forwarded calls. The<br />

display module controls all room functions according to the Ger‐<br />

man standard DIN VDE 0834.<br />

It is possible to use the display module in an existing nurse call<br />

system „Concento“ type, if it is connected to a ward bus with a<br />

group electronic only of order no.10 0700 10.<br />

A 4-pole and a 12-pole connector are included with delivery.<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): 102 x 100 x 29 mm<br />

Weight: approx. 180 g<br />

Standby current consumption: approx. 10 mA at 24 V DC<br />

Note! The complete installation of the system is<br />

described in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Caution! Electrostatic sensitive components<br />

The printed circuit board within the display module<br />

includes electro static sensitive components. Therefore<br />

avoid touching.<br />

Mounting<br />

Wall mounting on a one gang back box.<br />

1. Strip the connection cables to the appropriate length. Remove<br />

the cable shield and ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. Unplug the connectors from the printed circuit board.<br />

3. Attach the wires according to Fig. E to both connectors.<br />

4. Release the fixing screw 2 on the bottom of the display<br />

module 1.<br />

5. Unlink the mounting frame 4 from the display module 1, by<br />

reaching into the mounting frame 4 and levering off the<br />

mounting frame.<br />

6. Set the three DIP switches 8 (see Fig. A) on the rear side of<br />

the display module according to Fig. E.<br />

7. Route both wired connectors through the opening of the<br />

mounting frame 4.<br />

8. Fix the mounting frame 4 with the back box screws 3 to the<br />

back box 5.<br />

9. Plug both wired connectors to the connection field 7.<br />

10.Grip the display module at the level of the buttons and lever it<br />

off from the wall<br />

11. While holding the display module 1 at the level of the buttons<br />

hinge it into the mounting frame and press it down until it lies<br />

flat on the mounting frame, see Fig. C.<br />

12.Fix the fixing screw 2 in the hole at the bottom of the display<br />

module 1.<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. Release the fixing screw 2 on the bottom of the display<br />

module 1.<br />

2. With one hand hold the display module at the level of the<br />

buttons and lever it from the wall, see Fig. D.<br />

3. Unplug both connectors from the rear side of the display<br />

module 1.<br />

4. Release the back box screws 3 and remove the mounting<br />

frame 4 from the back box 5.<br />

00 8814 02, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 90<br />

1 front view 1 rear view<br />

(without mounting frame)<br />

1 Display module<br />

2 Fixing screw<br />

3* Back box screws<br />

4 Mounting frame<br />

5* Back box, 1-gang<br />

7 Connection field<br />

8 DIP switches<br />

* Not included with delivery.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

2<br />

7<br />

4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

8<br />

5


Display module, order no. 19 0700 80<br />

Connecting the wires to the connectors and setting the DIP switches<br />

RL<br />

Room lamp 7 )<br />

AW<br />

WL<br />

Ward bus (data)<br />

GND<br />

IA<br />

WH(YE)<br />

R3<br />

IB<br />

YE<br />

R4<br />

00 8814 02, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 91<br />

+24 V<br />

GND<br />

BU<br />

+24 V<br />

+24V<br />

BN<br />

R1<br />

R2<br />

WR<br />

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1<br />

4<br />

IA<br />

R3 = Call button bed 3 1 ) 3 )<br />

R4 = Door alarm 1 ) 2 ) 3 )<br />

IB<br />

3 2 1<br />

GND<br />

R1 = Call button bed 1 1 ) 3 )<br />

+24 V<br />

Display module is first or last ward<br />

bus user (= bus termination).<br />

WC calls can be cancelled with the<br />

WC cancel button or the presence<br />

button.<br />

R2 = Call button bed 2 1 ) 3 )<br />

WC call button 3 )<br />

WC cancel button 3 )<br />

WA<br />

Legend:<br />

1 ) In CONCENTO PLUS systems the call type and<br />

contact type can be changed, refer to chapter<br />

“Configuration“ on page 3.<br />

2 ) In Concento systems R4 = Room call.<br />

3 ) Maximum 4 monitored devices per input.<br />

4 ) RL colour = YE. For room lamp only = RD.<br />

5 ) WL colour = YE. For room lamp only = WH.<br />

6 ) WA colour = WH. For room lamp only = WH(GN).<br />

7 ) Switching power per output: 100 mA at 24 V DC.<br />

One wire<br />

Oour wires<br />

Output<br />

Input<br />

4-pole connector<br />

Max. wire cross-section: 2.5 mm 2<br />

Power supply (input)<br />

Note! All inputs are pre-programmed as NO contacts.<br />

12-pole connector<br />

ON<br />

OFF<br />

1 2<br />

Display module is neither first nor<br />

last ward bus user.<br />

WC calls can be cancelled only with<br />

the WC cancel button.<br />

3<br />

DIP switches 1, 2, 3<br />

DIP Switch ON OFF<br />

Factory Setting<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

YE 4 )<br />

YE<br />

YE 5 )<br />

BK or BU<br />

WH<br />

WH<br />

RD<br />

RD<br />

WH<br />

Not all ward bus users are<br />

CONCENTO PLUS type. One or more<br />

ward bus users are Concento type,<br />

order no.:<br />

- Group electronic: 10 0700 10<br />

- Terminals: 10 0700 x0<br />

- Display module: 10 0700 8x<br />

- RAB: 10 0701 x0<br />

WH<br />

WH<br />

WH 6 )<br />

All ward bus users are CONCENTO PLUS<br />

type, order no.:<br />

- Group electronic: 19 0700 10<br />

- Terminals: 19 0700 x0<br />

- Display module: 19 0700 80<br />

- RAB: 19 0701 00<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Display module, order no. 19 0700 80<br />

Configuration<br />

All configuration settings are changed in the service menu.<br />

On page 4 is described, how you start the service menu, how<br />

you run through all service menu steps and how you close the<br />

service menu with saving the settings.<br />

You have to change the following setting:<br />

- Set the display module's logical group according to the setting<br />

within the ConLog software. Both values must match.<br />

You can change the following settings if required:<br />

- Changing the display module's device ID.<br />

- Changing the call type and contact type (NC contact/NO con‐<br />

tact) for the inputs R1, R2, R3, and R4.*)<br />

The following settings cannot be changed. But you can look at<br />

them in the service menu:<br />

- Checking whether DIP switch is set to ON, i.e. whether WC<br />

calls can be cancelled with the presence button.<br />

- Software and hardware version on the display module.<br />

*) Note for „Concento“ type nurse call systems! In “Concento“<br />

type systems (DIP switch 3 in the ON position) the inputs R1, R2,<br />

R3, and R4 cannot be changed. The appropriate steps are<br />

skipped in the service menu.<br />

Registering the room devices in the display module<br />

In order that the display module will monitor all room devices<br />

connected to the display module's inputs (max. 4 room devices<br />

per input) for faults during nurse call system operation, the room<br />

devices have to be registered in the display module.<br />

Pre-condition: Terminating resistors are active<br />

On each room device connected to a display module input the<br />

120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active. If several devices<br />

are connected in series, the terminating resistor of each device<br />

must be active. If you want to know how to activate a terminating<br />

resistor refer to the installation instructions for the relevant<br />

device.<br />

This is how you have to proceed<br />

You have to start and then to close the service menu:<br />

1. Start the service menu: Press the green button and keep it<br />

pressed. Within 1 second, also press the red button and keep<br />

it pressed for 10 seconds.<br />

The service menu is started. The display module registers all<br />

operational room devices with terminating resistor.<br />

2. Close the service menu: Keep the green button pressed for 3<br />

seconds.<br />

As an alternative to the described method, you can disconnect<br />

the display module from the power supply and then reconnect it.<br />

The display module then automatically registers all operational<br />

room devices with a terminating resistor.<br />

00 8814 02, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 3<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 92<br />

red button green button


Display module, order no. 19 0700 80<br />

Running through the service menu and selecting the settings<br />

CONCENTO Display in standby operation of the display module<br />

10:06 Time<br />

To start the service menu, press the green button and keep it pressed. Within 1 second, also press the red button<br />

and keep it pressed for 10 seconds.<br />

RAB<br />

RAB, if DIP switch 2 is set to OFF position.<br />

RAB+WCAB, if DIP switch 2 is set to ON position.<br />

19070080<br />

Order no. for display module<br />

Press the green button.<br />

SW 1.0.1<br />

HW 1.0<br />

Press the green button.<br />

DeviceID<br />

0040000<br />

LGR<br />

001<br />

R1 0 10<br />

R2 0 11<br />

Software version for display module<br />

Hardware version for display module<br />

„Device ID“<br />

Current device ID for the display module<br />

To change the value at the cursor position, press the red button repeatedly until the desired value is displayed.<br />

To move the cursor to the next digit press the green button.<br />

After the last digit press the green button once again.<br />

R3 0 14<br />

R4 0 33<br />

„Logical Group“<br />

Current logical group for the display module, factory set to 001<br />

To change the value at the cursor position press the red button repeatedly until the desired value is displayed.<br />

To move the cursor to the next digit press the green button.<br />

After the last digit press the green button once again.<br />

Call input R1<br />

0 = R1 is NO contact, 1 = R1 is NC contact, factory setting: 0<br />

Call type for R1 according to call type list in ConLog software, factory setting: 12 (bed 1)<br />

Call type for R2 according to call type list in ConLog software, factory setting: 11 (bed 2)<br />

0 = R2 is NO contact, 1 = R2 is NC contact, factory setting: 0<br />

Call input R2<br />

To change the value at the cursor position press the red button repeatedly until the desired value is displayed.<br />

To move the cursor to the next digit press the green button.<br />

After the last digit press the green button once again.<br />

Call input R3<br />

0 = R3 is NO contact, 1 = R3 is NC contact, factory setting: 0<br />

Call type for R3 according to call type list in ConLog software, factory setting: 14 (bed 3)<br />

Call type for R4 according to call type list in ConLog software, factory setting: 33 (door alarm)<br />

0 = R4 is NO contact, 1 = R4 is NC contact, factory setting: 0<br />

Call input R4<br />

To change the value at the cursor position press the red button repeatedly until the desired value is displayed.<br />

To move the cursor to the next digit press the green button.<br />

After the last digit press the green button one again to save the settings and to close the service menu.<br />

CONCENTO<br />

10:06 10:08<br />

Display in standby operation of the display module<br />

Time<br />

Quick closing the service menu + saving the settings<br />

If you do not wish to run through the entire service menu, you<br />

can close it early and save the settings by keeping the green<br />

button pressed for 3 seconds.<br />

00 8814 02, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 4<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 93<br />

Timeout for the service menu!<br />

If no button is pressed for longer than 1<br />

minute, the service menu is closed<br />

automatically without saving the settings.<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Call/presence combination bus (RAB), order no. 19 0701 00<br />

The call/presence combination bus (RAB) for nurse call systems<br />

CONCENTO PLUS type is used by staff. It includes a green<br />

presence button and a red call button as well as a buzzer for<br />

signalling forwarded calls. The RAB controls all room functions<br />

according to the German standard DIN VDE 0834.<br />

It is possible to use the RAB in an existing nurse call system<br />

„Concento“ type, if it is connected to a ward bus with a group<br />

electronic only of order no.10 0700 10.<br />

A 4-pole and a 12-pole connector included with delivery.<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): approx. 71 x 71 x 24 mm<br />

Weight incl. central plate and frame: approx. 75 g<br />

Standby current consumption: approx. 10 mA at 24 V DC<br />

Note! The complete installation of the system is<br />

described in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Caution! Electrostatic sensitive components<br />

The printed circuit board includes electrostatic sensitive<br />

components. Therefore avoid touching.<br />

Mounting<br />

Wall mounting on 1-gang back box.<br />

1. Strip the connection cables to the appropriate length. Remove<br />

the cable shield and ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. Attach the wires according to fig. D to both connectors.<br />

3. Set the three DIP switches (refer to fig. A) according to Fig.<br />

D.<br />

4. Plug both wired connectors to the connection field 7.<br />

5. Screw the RAB 4 with the back box screws 3 to the back<br />

box 5.<br />

6. Insert the central plate 1 in the frame 2.<br />

7. Press the central plate 1 together with the frame 2 onto the<br />

RAB, until it clicks into place.<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. Lever off the frame 2 together with the central plate 1 from the<br />

wall using a screw driver, see fig. C.<br />

2. Unscrew the back box screws 3 and remove the RAB 4 from<br />

the back box.<br />

3. Unplug both connectors from the rear side of the RAB 4.<br />

00 8814 03, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 94<br />

6<br />

4 front view<br />

4 rear view<br />

1* Central plate for 2 buttons,<br />

order no. 19 9201 00<br />

2* Frame, internal dimensions: 55 x 55 mm<br />

3* Back box screws<br />

4 RAB<br />

5* Back box, 1-gang<br />

6 DIP switches<br />

7 Connection field<br />

* Not included with delivery.<br />

Registering the room devices in the RAB<br />

So that the room devices that are connected to the inputs of the This is how you have to proceed<br />

RAB (max. 4 room devices per input) are monitored by the RAB<br />

for faults during nurse call operation, they must first be registered<br />

by the RAB.<br />

Press the green button and keep it pressed.<br />

Within 1 second, also press the red button and<br />

keep it pressed for 10 seconds.<br />

The RAB registers all operational room devices<br />

Pre-condition: Terminating resistors are active<br />

with terminating resistor.<br />

The 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active on all room<br />

devices connected at an input of the RAB. If several devices are<br />

Three short confirmation tones sound.<br />

connected in series, the terminating resistor must be active on<br />

each of these devices. Refer to the installation instructions for the<br />

device for how to activate the terminating resistor.<br />

As an alternative to the described method, you can<br />

disconnect the RAB from the power supply and<br />

then reconnect it. The RAB then registers all opera‐<br />

tional room devices with a terminating resistor<br />

automatically.<br />

1*<br />

3*<br />

2*<br />

2*<br />

1*<br />

7<br />

4<br />

3*<br />

5*


Call/presence combination bus (RAB), order no. 19 0701 00<br />

Connecting the wires to the connectors and setting DIP switches<br />

YE 4 )<br />

RL<br />

Room lamp 7 )<br />

YE<br />

AW<br />

YE 5 )<br />

WL<br />

Ward bus (data)<br />

BK or BU<br />

GND<br />

IA<br />

WH(YE)<br />

R3<br />

IB<br />

YE<br />

R4<br />

+24 V<br />

GND<br />

BU<br />

4-pole connector<br />

Max. wire cross-section: 2.5 mm 2<br />

00 8814 03, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 95<br />

+24 V<br />

+24V<br />

BN<br />

R1<br />

R2<br />

WR<br />

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1<br />

4<br />

IA<br />

R3 = Call button bed 3 1 ) 3 )<br />

WH<br />

R4 = Door alarm 1 ) 2 ) 3 )<br />

IB<br />

WH<br />

RD<br />

3 2 1<br />

GND<br />

RD<br />

R1 = Call button bed 1 1 ) 3 )<br />

+24 V<br />

WH<br />

R2 = Call button bed 2 1 ) 3 )<br />

WH<br />

WC call button 3 )<br />

WH<br />

WC cancel button 3 )<br />

WH 6 )<br />

WA<br />

Power supply (input)<br />

Legend:<br />

1 ) In CONCENTOPLUS systems the call type and contact<br />

type can be changed using a service module.<br />

2 ) In Concento systems R4 = Room call.<br />

3 ) Maximum 4 monitored devices per input.<br />

4 ) RL colour = YE. For room lamp only = RD.<br />

5 ) WL colour = YE. For room lamp only = WH.<br />

6 ) WA colour = WH. For room lamp only = WH(GN).<br />

7 ) Switching power for each output: 100 mA at 24 V DC.<br />

12-pole connector<br />

DIP Switch ON OFF<br />

Factory Setting<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

Not all ward bus users are<br />

CONCENTO PLUS type. One or more<br />

ward bus users are Concento type,<br />

order no.:<br />

- Group electronic: 10 0700 10<br />

- Terminals: 10 0700 x0<br />

- Display module: 10 0700 8x<br />

- RAB: 10 0701 x0<br />

WC calls can be cancelled with the<br />

WC cancel button or the presence<br />

button.<br />

RAB is first or last ward bus user<br />

(= bus termination).<br />

All ward bus users are CONCENTO PLUS<br />

type, order no.:<br />

- Group electronic: 19 0700 10<br />

- Terminals: 19 0700 x0<br />

- Display module: 19 0700 80<br />

- RAB: 19 0701 00<br />

WC calls can be cancelled only with<br />

the WC cancel button.<br />

RAB is neither first nor last ward bus<br />

user.<br />

One wire<br />

Four wires<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

OFF<br />

Not! All inputs are programmed<br />

as normally open contacts.<br />

DIP switches 3, 2, 1<br />

Output<br />

Input<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


12. Product leaflets<br />

12.2 Room lamps, corridor displays<br />

77 0180 10 Room lamp universal, 3 sections<br />

77 0181 10 Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate<br />

77 0185 10 Room lamp universal, 3 sections, glass decor<br />

19 078x xx Corridor displays, single-sided<br />

19 078x xx Corridor displays, double-sided<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 96<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Installationsanleitung D Installation Instructions GB<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal, 3-teilig, Best.‐Nr. 77 0180 10<br />

zur optischen Anzeige von allen Rufarten und Personalanwesenheit 1 sowie zusätzliche<br />

Anzeige für WC‐Ruf. Wandmontage.<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal, 4-teilig, Best.‐Nr. 77 0180 00<br />

wie 77 0180 10, jedoch zusätzlich mit Personalanwesenheit 2.<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal, 2-teilig, Best.‐Nr. 77 0182 10<br />

zur optischen Anzeige von Personalanwesenheit 1 und von Telefonruf. Wandmontage.<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal, 1-teilig, Best.‐Nr. 77 0182 50<br />

zur optischen Anzeige von allen Rufarten. Wandmontage.<br />

Achtung! Die LED‐Module sind mit elektrostatisch gefährdeten Bauteilen bestückt.<br />

Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Berührung.<br />

Montage Mounting<br />

1* Einbaudose<br />

2 Gehäuse‐Rückwand<br />

3* Anschlussklemme (70 0807 07)<br />

4 Leiterplatte mit LED‐Modulen<br />

00 8802 56, 12/11 (Rev. 2.1)<br />

5 Dekorrahmen<br />

6 Befestigungsschrauben<br />

7 Lichtkuppel mit Trenneinsatz<br />

* ist nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten.<br />

1. Gehäuse‐Rückwand 2 mit den Schrauben der Einbaudose an der Einbaudose 1<br />

festschrauben. Einbaurichtung beachten, siehe Markierung im Gehäuse.<br />

2. Angeschlossene Anschlussklemme 3 in die eingebaute Buchse der Leiterplatte 4<br />

stecken.<br />

3. Leiterplatte 4 in die Gehäuse‐Rückwand 2 einsetzen (erst oben, dann unten). Dabei die<br />

beiden Löcher unten in der Leiterplatte 4 auf die Arretierungsstifte der<br />

Gehäuse‐Rückwand 2 stecken.<br />

4. LED‐Module gemäß der folgenden Übersicht auf die Leiterplatte stecken.<br />

5. Dekorrahmen 5 mit den Befestigungsschrauben 6 auf die Gehäuse‐Rückwand 2<br />

schrauben.<br />

6. Lichtkuppel mit Trenneinsatz 7 auf den Dekorrahmen 5 drücken bis sie einrastet.<br />

Farben der LED‐Module LED module colours<br />

Anschlusspunkt<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

Anschlusspunkt<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

77 0180 10 77 0180 00<br />

rot: Rufe<br />

rot: Rufe<br />

grün: Personal 1 grün: Personal 1<br />

kein LED‐Modul gelb: Personal 2<br />

weiß: WC‐Ruf weiß: WC‐Ruf<br />

77 0182 10 77 0182 50<br />

kein LED‐Modul rot: Rufe<br />

grün: Personal 1 kein LED‐Modul<br />

weiß: Telefonruf kein LED‐Modul<br />

kein LED‐Modul<br />

kein LED‐Modul<br />

Demontage Dismantling<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, order no. 77 0180 10<br />

for optical signalling of all call types and staff presence 1 as well as additional display for<br />

WC call. Wall mounting.<br />

Room lamp universal, 4 sections, order no. 77 0180 00<br />

as 77 0180 10, but additionally with staff presence 2.<br />

Room lamp universal, 2 sections, order no. 77 0182 10<br />

for optical signalling of staff presence 1 and telephone call. Wall mounting.<br />

Room lamp universal, 1 section, order no. 77 0182 50<br />

for optical signalling of all call types. Wall mounting.<br />

Attention! The LED modules include electrostatic sensitive components. Avoid<br />

touching.<br />

1* Back box<br />

5 Decorative frame<br />

2 Pattress<br />

6 Fixing screws<br />

3* Connector (70 0807 07)<br />

7 Light dome with insert module<br />

4 Printed circuit board (PCB) with LED modules * not included with product delivery.<br />

1. Fit the pattress 2 with the back box screws to the back box 1. For the correct mounting<br />

direction refer to the markings in the pattress.<br />

2. Plug the pre-connected connector 3 into the socket on the PCB 4.<br />

3. Put the PCB 4 into the pattress 2 (first the top, then the bottom). The two holes on the<br />

base of the PCB must fit onto the fixing pins of the pattress 2.<br />

4. Plug the LED modules onto the PCB according to the following overview.<br />

5. Fit the decorative frame 5 with the fixing screws 6 onto the pattress 2.<br />

6. Press the light dome with the insert module 7 onto the decorative frame 5 until it locks in<br />

place.<br />

Connector<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

Connector<br />

Lichtkuppel von oben und unten leicht zusammendrücken und dann abziehen. Compress and pull off the light dome.<br />

77 0180 10<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal , 3‐teilig<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections<br />

77 0180 00<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal, 4‐teilig<br />

Room lamp universal, 4 sections<br />

77 0182 10<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal , 2‐teilig<br />

Room lamp universal, 2 sections<br />

77 0182 50<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal, 1‐teilig<br />

Room lamp universal, 1 section<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

OBEN<br />

TOP<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 97<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

6<br />

77 0180 10 77 0180 00<br />

red: calls red: calls<br />

green: staff 1 green: staff 1<br />

no LED module yellow: staff 2<br />

white: WC call white: WC call<br />

77 0182 10<br />

no LED module<br />

green: staff 1<br />

white: telephone call<br />

no LED module<br />

7<br />

77 0182 50<br />

red: calls<br />

no LED module<br />

no LED module<br />

no LED module<br />

1.<br />

1.<br />

2.


Anschlüsse D Connections GB<br />

77 0180 10<br />

System EccoLine L200, NewLine L200: System CCS:<br />

Terminal L200<br />

77 0180 00<br />

77 0182 10<br />

00 8802 56, 12/11 (Rev. 2.1)<br />

0V<br />

RL<br />

AWL<br />

WCL<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

LB1<br />

LB2<br />

ComTerminal<br />

System CCS:<br />

3 0V<br />

2 AW<br />

ComTerminal<br />

System Flamenco, EccoLine mit Sprechen, EccoLine L200:<br />

System Flamenco, EccoLine with speech, EccoLine L200:<br />

Steckvorrichtung ComStation<br />

(Bestell‐Nr. 74 0452 30)<br />

mit Anschluss einer ComStation BUS ,<br />

EccoLine ComStation<br />

oder ComStation L200<br />

Connection socket ComStation<br />

(order no. 74 0452 30)<br />

with connection of a ComStation BUS ,<br />

EccoLine ComStation<br />

or ComStation L200<br />

77 0182 10<br />

77 0182 50<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

LB1<br />

LB2<br />

System Flamenco:<br />

Telefonanschaltrelais<br />

(Bestell‐Nr. 11 5350 00)<br />

Telephone interface relay<br />

(order no. 11 5350 00)<br />

0V<br />

C<br />

S<br />

WL<br />

0V<br />

C<br />

S<br />

HS<br />

WL<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

LB1<br />

LB2<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

LB1<br />

LB2<br />

System CONCENTO PLUS / Concento:<br />

Terminal /<br />

Displaymodul /<br />

RAB /<br />

System Flamenco:<br />

Steckvorrichtung ComStation PC<br />

(Bestell‐Nr. 74 0452 60A)<br />

mit Anschluss einer ComStation PC<br />

Connection socket ComStation PC<br />

(order no. 74 0452 60A)<br />

with connection of a ComStation PC<br />

14<br />

A1<br />

System Communicall Connect:<br />

0 V<br />

+24VDC AUX NO<br />

PiperTerminal<br />

mit 24VDC-Zusatzstromversorgung<br />

Speech module<br />

with 24VDC additional power supply<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 98<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

LB1<br />

LB2<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

LB1<br />

LB2<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

AW<br />

WL<br />

0 V<br />

2 AW<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

LB1<br />

LB2<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

LB1<br />

LB2<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Installationsanleitung D Installation Instructions GB<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal, 3-teilig, mit Türschild, Best.‐Nr. 77 0181 10<br />

zur optischen Anzeige von allen Rufarten, Personalanwesenheit 1 und zusätzlich WC‐Ruf.<br />

Türschild als Beschriftungsfeld für die Raumbezeichnung. Wandmontage.<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal, 4-teilig, mit Türschild, Best.‐Nr. 77 0181 00<br />

wie 77 0181 10, jedoch zusätzlich mit Personalanwesenheit 2.<br />

Achtung! Die LED‐Module sind mit elektrostatisch gefährdeten Bauteilen bestückt.<br />

Vermeiden Sie deshalb eine direkte Berührung.<br />

Anschlüsse Connections<br />

System EccoLine L200, NewLine L200: System CCS:<br />

Terminal L200<br />

00 8802 55, 12/11 (Rev. 1.1)<br />

0V<br />

RL<br />

AWL<br />

WCL<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

LB1<br />

LB2<br />

ComTerminal<br />

*nur bei 77 0181 00<br />

*only for 77 0181 00<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections, with doorplate, order no. 77 0181 10<br />

for optical signalling of all call types, staff presence 1 and additional display for WC call.<br />

Doorplate as label field for room designation. Wall mounting.<br />

Room lamp universal, 4 sections, with doorplate, order no. 77 0181 00<br />

as 77 0181 10, but additionally with staff presence 2.<br />

0V<br />

C<br />

S<br />

HS*<br />

WL<br />

Montage Mounting<br />

1* Einbaudose<br />

2 Gehäuse‐Rückwand<br />

3* Anschlussklemme (70 0807 07)<br />

4 Leiterplatte mit LED‐Modulen<br />

5 Dekorrahmen<br />

6 Befestigungsschrauben<br />

7 Lichtkuppel mit Trenneinsatz<br />

8* Namensschild (Höhe x Breite: 70 x 92 mm)<br />

9 Schutzabdeckung<br />

* ist nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten.<br />

1. Gehäuse‐Rückwand 2 mit den Schrauben der Einbaudose an der Einbaudose 1<br />

festschrauben. Einbaurichtung beachten, siehe Markierung im Gehäuse.<br />

2. Angeschlossene Anschlussklemme 3 in die eingebaute Buchse der Leiterplatte 4<br />

stecken.<br />

3. Leiterplatte 4 in die Gehäuse‐Rückwand 2 einsetzen (erst oben, dann unten). Dabei die<br />

beiden Löcher unten in der Leiterplatte 4 auf die Arretierungsstifte der<br />

Gehäuse‐Rückwand 2 stecken.<br />

4. LED‐Module gemäß der folgenden Übersicht auf die Leiterplatte stecken.<br />

5. Dekorrahmen 5 mit den Befestigungsschrauben 6 auf die Gehäuse‐Rückwand 2<br />

schrauben.<br />

6. Lichtkuppel mit Trenneinsatz 7 auf den Dekorrahmen 5 drücken bis sie einrastet.<br />

7. Namenschild 8 und Schutzabdeckung 9 einlegen.<br />

Attention! The LED modules include electrostatic sensitive components. Avoid<br />

touching.<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

LB1<br />

LB2<br />

Farben der LED‐Module LED module colours<br />

Anschlusspunkt<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

77 0181 10 77 0181 00<br />

rot: Rufe<br />

rot: Rufe<br />

grün: Personal 1 grün: Personal 1<br />

kein LED‐Modul gelb: Personal 2<br />

weiß: WC‐Ruf weiß: WC‐Ruf<br />

Demontage Dismantling<br />

System CONCENTO PLUS , Concento:<br />

Terminal /<br />

Displaymodul /<br />

RAB /<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

AW<br />

WL<br />

COM<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

LB1<br />

LB2<br />

1* Back box<br />

6 Fixing screws<br />

2 Pattress<br />

7 Light dome with insert module<br />

3* Connector (70 0807 07)<br />

8* Label strip (hxw: 70 x 92 mm)<br />

4 Printed circuit board (PCB) with LED modules 9 Protection cover<br />

5 Decorative frame<br />

* not included with product delivery.<br />

1. Fit the pattress 2 with the back box screws to the back box 1. For the correct mounting<br />

direction refer to the markings in the pattress.<br />

2. Plug the pre-connected connector 3 into the socket on the PCB 4.<br />

3. Put the PCB 4 into the pattress 2 (first the top, then the bottom). The two holes on the<br />

base of the PCB must fit onto the fixing pins of the pattress 2.<br />

4. Plug the LED modules onto the PCB according to the following overview.<br />

5. Fit the decorative frame 5 with the fixing screws 6 onto the pattress 2.<br />

6. Press the light dome with the insert module 7 onto the decorative frame 5 until it locks in<br />

place.<br />

7. Insert the label strip 8 and the protection cover 9.<br />

Connector<br />

L1<br />

L2<br />

L3<br />

L4<br />

Lichtkuppel von oben und unten leicht zusammendrücken und dann abziehen. Compress and pull off the light dome.<br />

77 0181 10<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal , 3‐teilig,<br />

mit Türschild<br />

Room lamp universal, 3 sections,<br />

with doorplate<br />

77 0181 00<br />

Zimmerleuchte Universal, 4‐teilig,<br />

mit Türschild<br />

Room lamp universal, 4 sections,<br />

with doorplate<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

OBEN<br />

TOP<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 99<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

6<br />

8<br />

9<br />

77 0181 10 77 0181 00<br />

red: calls red: calls<br />

green: staff 1 green: staff 1<br />

no LED module yellow: staff 2<br />

white: WC call white: WC call<br />

7<br />

1.<br />

1.<br />

2.


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Corridor display, order no. 19 0781 xx<br />

Corridor display, 8‐digit, order no. 19 0781 08<br />

Display for the alphanumeric displaying of calls and general sys‐<br />

tem information. 8-digit text display, single-sided version.<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): 125 x 504 x 43 mm<br />

Weight: approx. 1 kg<br />

Standby current consumption: 50 mA<br />

Max. current consumption (for call): 270 mA<br />

Corridor display, 16‐digit, order no. 19 0781 16<br />

Display for the alphanumeric displaying of calls and general sys‐<br />

tem information. 16-digit text display, single-sided version.<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): 125 x 804 x 43 mm<br />

Weight: approx. 1.5 kg<br />

Standby current consumption: 60 mA<br />

Max. current consumption (for call): 530 mA<br />

Note: The complete installation of the system is<br />

described in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Wall mounting<br />

Do not cover the<br />

light sensor!<br />

460 mm<br />

22 22<br />

Do not cover the<br />

light sensor!<br />

order no. 19 0781 08<br />

504 mm<br />

Order no. 19 0781 16<br />

00 8814 13, 10/12 (Rev. 3.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 100<br />

125 mm<br />

19 0781 08<br />

19 0781 16<br />

760 mm<br />

22 22<br />

804 mm<br />

Connection cable: approx. 1.2 m<br />

42 mm<br />

Connection cable: approx. 1.2 m<br />

42 mm<br />

125 mm


Corridor display, order no. 19 0781 xx<br />

Only if necessary: Change address<br />

A maximum of 10 corridor displays may be connected to a ward<br />

bus. Each corridor display must have an unique address on the<br />

ward bus. The addresses in the range 9980 to 9989 may be<br />

used.<br />

One address is already preset at the factory. For this, refer to the<br />

label on the corridor display ”ADR: ....”. If this address is used<br />

only once on the ward bus, you do not have to change anything.<br />

If this address is already being used on the ward bus by another<br />

corridor display, you must change the address on one corridor<br />

display:<br />

Proceed as follows:<br />

1. The corridor display must be disconnected from the power<br />

supply.<br />

2. Wrap adhesive tape around the corridor display on the side<br />

facing away from the cable outlet in order to secure the<br />

housing cover and the housing base. Select an adhesive tape<br />

(e.g. masking tape) that can be removed easily afterwards.<br />

3. Unscrew the side cover on the side facing away from the<br />

cable outlet.<br />

4. Pull out the power supply circuit board approx. 2 cm.<br />

5. Set the desired address on the 4-pole DIP switch.<br />

6. Push the power supply circuit board back in and screw the<br />

side cover back on.<br />

Note: The set address corresponds to the room number in the<br />

ConLog software.<br />

DIP switch<br />

1234<br />

00 8814 13, 10/12 (Rev. 3.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 101<br />

Only if necessary: Change address<br />

Note: The power supply circuit<br />

board is located on the side<br />

facing away from<br />

the cable outlet.<br />

Power supply<br />

circuit board<br />

= Address 9980<br />

Loop in the corridor display into the ward bus and connect to the power supply<br />

Ward bus<br />

Green<br />

IA<br />

WH(YE)<br />

Yellow<br />

IB<br />

YE<br />

White<br />

GND<br />

BU<br />

Connection cable of corridor display<br />

Brown<br />

+24 V<br />

BN<br />

Junction box<br />

Cable outlet<br />

DIP switch<br />

Address 1 2 3 4<br />

9980 OFF OFF OFF OFF<br />

9981 ON OFF OFF OFF<br />

9982 OFF ON OFF OFF<br />

9983 ON ON OFF OFF<br />

9984 OFF OFF ON OFF<br />

9985 ON OFF ON OFF<br />

9986 OFF ON ON OFF<br />

9987 ON ON ON OFF<br />

9988 OFF OFF OFF ON<br />

9989 ON OFF OFF ON<br />

Lay a separate NYM stub line for the<br />

power supply!<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Corridor display, double-sided, order no. 19 0782 xx<br />

Corridor display, 8‐digit, double-sided, order no. 19 0782 08<br />

Display for the alphanumeric displaying of calls and general sys‐<br />

tem information. 8-digit text display, double-sided version.<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): 125 x 504 x 43 mm<br />

Weight: approx. 1 kg<br />

Standby current consumption: 60 mA<br />

Max. current consumption (for call): 530 mA<br />

Corridor display, 16‐digit, double-sided, order no. 19 0782 16<br />

Display for the alphanumeric displaying of calls and general sys‐<br />

tem information. 16-digit text display, double-sided version.<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): 125 x 804 x 43 mm<br />

Weight: approx. 1.5 kg<br />

Standby current consumption: 80 mA<br />

Max. current consumption (for call) 1,060 mA<br />

Note: The complete installation of the system is<br />

described in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Ceiling mounting<br />

Do not loose<br />

the eye bolts!<br />

Connection cable: approx. 1.2 m<br />

Ceiling mounting e.g.<br />

with snap hook and<br />

eye bolt (not included<br />

with the corridor display)<br />

19 0782 08: 504 mm<br />

19 0782 16: 804 mm<br />

Do not cover the<br />

light sensor!<br />

approx. 325 mm<br />

125 mm<br />

Do not loose<br />

the eye bolts!<br />

00 8814 12, 10/12 (Rev. 3.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 102<br />

Connection cable<br />

19 0782 08<br />

19 0782 16<br />

Do not cover the<br />

light sensor!<br />

22 22<br />

42 mm


Corridor display, double-sided, order no 19 0782 xx<br />

Only if necessary: Change address<br />

A maximum of 10 corridor displays may be connected to a ward<br />

bus. Each corridor display must have an unique address on the<br />

ward bus. The addresses in the range 9980 to 9989 may be<br />

used.<br />

One address is already preset at the factory. For this, refer to the<br />

label on the corridor display ”ADR: ....”. If this address is used<br />

only once on the ward bus, you do not have to change anything.<br />

If this address is already being used on the ward bus by another<br />

corridor display, you must change the address on one corridor<br />

display:<br />

Proceed as follows:<br />

1. The corridor display must be disconnected from the power<br />

supply.<br />

2. Wrap adhesive tape around the corridor display on the side<br />

facing away from the cable outlet in order to secure the<br />

housing cover and the housing base. Select an adhesive tape<br />

(e.g. masking tape) that can be removed easily afterwards.<br />

3. Unscrew the side cover on the side facing away from the<br />

cable outlet.<br />

4. Pull out the power supply circuit board approx. 2 cm.<br />

5. Set the desired address on the 4-pole DIP switch.<br />

6. Push the power supply circuit board back in and screw the<br />

side cover back on.<br />

Note: The set address corresponds to the room number in the<br />

ConLog software.<br />

DIP switch<br />

1234<br />

00 8814 12, 10/12 (Rev. 3.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 103<br />

Only if necessary: Change address<br />

Note: The power supply circuit<br />

board is located on the side facing<br />

away from the cable outlet.<br />

Power supply<br />

circuit board<br />

= Address 9980<br />

Loop in the corridor display into the ward bus and connect to the power supply<br />

Ward bus<br />

Green<br />

IA<br />

WH(YE)<br />

Yellow<br />

IB<br />

YE<br />

White<br />

GND<br />

BU<br />

Connection cable of corridor display<br />

Brown<br />

+24 V<br />

BN<br />

Junction box<br />

Cable outlet<br />

DIP switch<br />

Address 1 2 3 4<br />

9980 OFF OFF OFF OFF<br />

9981 ON OFF OFF OFF<br />

9982 OFF ON OFF OFF<br />

9983 ON ON OFF OFF<br />

9984 OFF OFF ON OFF<br />

9985 ON OFF ON OFF<br />

9986 OFF ON ON OFF<br />

9987 ON ON ON OFF<br />

9988 OFF OFF OFF ON<br />

9989 ON OFF OFF ON<br />

Lay a separate NYM stub line for the<br />

power supply!<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


12.3 Switches<br />

19 0707 20x Pull cord switch<br />

19 0708 00 Call switch<br />

19 0708 50 Call & cancel switch/WC<br />

19 0709 00 Cancel switch/WC<br />

19 0707 50x Pneumatic switch<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 104<br />

12. Product leaflets


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Pull cord switch, order no. 19 0707 20x<br />

19 070720J incl. frame Jung AS 500<br />

19 070720B incl. frame Berker S.1<br />

19 070720G incl. frame Gira Standard 55 matt<br />

19 070720GG incl. frame Gira Standard 55 glossy<br />

19 070720M incl. frame Merten System M-SMART<br />

Pull cord switch with 2 m pull cord and call handle for raising<br />

calls by pulling the cord. The reassurance light lights up as soon<br />

as a call is raised. Incl. frame and central plate.<br />

Connection to terminal, display module or call/presence combi‐<br />

nation bus (RAB). The call type depends on the input to which<br />

the pull cord switch is connected.<br />

Weight : approx. 90 g<br />

Standby current consumption: 0.05 mA<br />

Maximum current consumption: 10 mA<br />

Note! Complete installation of the system is described<br />

in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>..<br />

Mounting<br />

Wall or ceiling mounting on 1-gang back box.<br />

1. Strip the connecting cable to a suitable length. Remove the<br />

cable shield and the ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 19 0701 00, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 8 as per Fig. D.<br />

3. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 10 0701 x0, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 8 as per Fig. E.<br />

4. Screw the pull cord switch insert 5 and the sealing flange 6<br />

onto the back box 7 with the screws 4 of the back box. When<br />

doing this, pay attention to the orientation of the ”top”<br />

marking.<br />

5. Insert central plate 2 into the frame 3.<br />

6. Press the central plate 2 together with frame 3 onto the pull<br />

cord switch insert until it engages audibly on both sides.<br />

7. Shorten the pull cord 1 to the desired length and knot it again<br />

in the call handle. Attention! The call handle must not be more<br />

than 200 mm above the floor.<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. Lever frame 3 together with central plate 2 off the wall using a<br />

screw driver, see Fig. C.<br />

2. Undo the screws 4 of the back box and remove the pull cord<br />

switch insert 5 with the sealing flange 6 from the back box.<br />

3. Unscrew the connecting cable from the connector on the rear<br />

of the pull cord switch insert 5.<br />

00 8814 05, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 105<br />

1<br />

Front side:<br />

7 2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

4*<br />

3<br />

top<br />

5 Rear side:<br />

8 9<br />

1 Pull cord with call handle<br />

2 Central plate<br />

3 Frame<br />

4* Screws of the back box<br />

5 Pull cord switch insert<br />

6 Sealing flange<br />

7* Back box<br />

8 Connector<br />

9 Plug bridge<br />

* Not included with product delivery<br />

3<br />

4*<br />

top<br />

5<br />

2 3<br />

6<br />

7*


Pull cord switch, order no. 19 0707 20x<br />

Connection on terminal, order no. 19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or<br />

RAB, order no. 19 0701 00 (CONCENTO PLUS system)<br />

See table below<br />

Order no.: 19 0700 x0 or 19 0700 80 or 19 0701 00<br />

Device Order no.<br />

Display module 19 0700 80<br />

RAB<br />

19 0701 00<br />

Terminal 19 0700 x0<br />

Reassurance light<br />

GND<br />

Call input<br />

+24 V<br />

Several call buttons in the room<br />

Max. 4 call devices can be connected in line or star topology. The max. cable length per input is 20 m. The integrated 120 kOhm<br />

terminating resistor must be active for all call devices (= factory setting).<br />

Caution! Do not remove the plug bridge 9. It must always be inserted.<br />

YE<br />

BK<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

Call type*) Reassurance light Call input<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL R1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

R2<br />

Call Bed 3 RL R3<br />

WC Call WL R3<br />

Call Bed 1 RL R1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

R2<br />

*) Note! Many inputs of the display module, RAB and terminals are configurable, i.e the<br />

call type can be changed. In addition there are further inputs available that are also<br />

configurable. For details, read the product leaflets accompanying the respective device.<br />

00 8814 05, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 106<br />

RL<br />

GND<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 8<br />

on switch<br />

Connection to terminal, order no. 10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or<br />

RAB, order no. 10 0701 x0 (Concento system)<br />

See table below<br />

Reassurance light<br />

GND<br />

Call input<br />

+24 V<br />

Order no.: 10 0700 x0 or 10 0700 8x or 10 0701 x0<br />

Device<br />

Display module<br />

RAB<br />

Order no.<br />

10 0700 80<br />

10 0701 00<br />

Display module 10 0700 85<br />

RAB<br />

10 0701 20<br />

Terminal 10 0701 x0<br />

YE<br />

BK<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

Call type Reassurance light Call input<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

WC Call WL<br />

WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

Call Bed 3 RL<br />

RT3<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

configurable RL R5<br />

configurable RL R6<br />

RL<br />

GND<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 8<br />

on switch<br />

Terminating resistor<br />

Several call devices on one input can be connected in line topology. Star topology is not permissible. The maximum cable length<br />

per input is 15 m.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active in the case of the last call devices at an input.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be inactive in the case of all other call devices at the input.<br />

The terminating resistor is set to active at the factory. The terminating resistor is activated and deactivated via the plug bridge 9<br />

(see Fig. A).<br />

Plug bridge plugged in<br />

Plug bridge removed<br />

9 = Terminating resistor active (factory setting) 9 = Terminating resistor not active<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Call switch, order no. 19 0708 00<br />

Call switch with reassurance light and integrated location light as<br />

an LED. The reassurance light lights up as soon as a call is<br />

raised.<br />

Connection to terminal, display module or call/presence combi‐<br />

nation bus (RAB). The call type depends on the input to which<br />

the pull cord switch is connected.<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): approx. 71 x 71 x 21 mm<br />

Weight incl. Central plate und frame: approx. 50 g<br />

Standby current consumption: 1 mA<br />

6<br />

7<br />

Maximum current consumption: 7.5 mA 4 Front side 4 Rear side<br />

Note! Complete installation of the system is described<br />

in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Mounting<br />

Wall mounting on 1-gang back box.<br />

1. Strip the connecting cable to a suitable length. Remove the<br />

cable shield and the ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 19 0701 00, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 7 as per Fig. D.<br />

3. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 10 0701 x0, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 7 as per Fig. E.<br />

4. Screw the switch 4 to the back box 5 with the screws 3 of the<br />

back box.<br />

5. Insert central plate 1 into the frame 2.<br />

6. Press the central plate 1 together with frame 2 onto the switch<br />

until it engages audibly on both sides.<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. Lever frame 2 and central plate 1 off the wall with a screw<br />

driver, see Fig. C.<br />

2. Undo the screws 3 of the back box and remove the switch 4<br />

from the back box.<br />

3. Unscrew the connecting cable of the connector from the rear<br />

of the switch 4.<br />

00 8814 07, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 107<br />

1* Central plate for 1 button,<br />

order no. 19 9201 06<br />

2* Frame, internal dimensions: 55 x 55 mm<br />

3* Screws of the back box<br />

4 Call switch<br />

5* Back box, 1‐gang<br />

6 Solder bridge<br />

7 Connector<br />

* Not included with product delivery.<br />

1*<br />

3*<br />

2*<br />

1*<br />

2*<br />

3*<br />

4<br />

5*


Call switch, order no. 19 0708 00<br />

Connection on terminal, order no. 19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or RAB,<br />

order no. 19 0701 00 (CONCENTO PLUS system)<br />

See table below<br />

Order no. 19 0700 x0<br />

or 19 0700 80<br />

or 19 0701 00<br />

Device Order no.<br />

Display module 19 0700 80<br />

RAB<br />

19 0701 00<br />

Terminal 19 0700 x0<br />

GND<br />

Reassurance light<br />

Call input<br />

+24 V<br />

BK<br />

YE<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

Call type*) Reassurance light Call input<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL R1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

R2<br />

Call Bed 3 RL R3<br />

WC Call WL R3<br />

Call Bed 1 RL R1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

R2<br />

*) Note! Many inputs of the display module, RAB and terminals are configurable, i.e the<br />

call type can be changed. In addition there are further inputs available that are also<br />

configurable. For details, read the product leaflets accompanying the respective device.<br />

Several call buttons in the room<br />

Max. 4 call devices can be connected in line or star topology. The max. cable length per input is 20 m. The integrated 120 kOhm<br />

terminating resistor must be active for all call devices (= factory setting).<br />

Caution! Do not change the solder bridge 6. It must always be closed.<br />

00 8814 07, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 108<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7<br />

on switch<br />

Connection on terminal, order no. 10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or RAB,<br />

order no. 10 0701 x0 (Concento system)<br />

See table below<br />

GND<br />

Reassurance light<br />

Call input<br />

+24 V<br />

Order no. 10 0700 x0<br />

or 10 0700 8x<br />

or 10 0701 x0<br />

Device<br />

Display module<br />

RAB<br />

Order no.<br />

10 0700 80<br />

10 0701 00<br />

Display module 10 0700 85<br />

RAB<br />

10 0701 20<br />

Call type<br />

BK<br />

YE<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7<br />

on switch<br />

Reassurance light Call input<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

WC Call WL<br />

WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

Call Bed 3 RL<br />

RT3<br />

Terminal 10 0701 x0 WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

configurable RL R5<br />

Terminating resistor<br />

configurable RL R6<br />

Several call devices on one input can be connected in line topology. Star topology is not permissible. The maximum cable length<br />

per input is 15 m.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active in the case of the last call device at an input.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be inactive in the case of all other call devices at the input.<br />

The terminating resistor is set to active at the factory. The terminating resistor is activated and deactivated via the solder bridge 6<br />

(see Fig. A).<br />

Solder bridge closed<br />

Terminating resistor active (factory setting)<br />

Solder bridge opened (e.g. with knife blade)<br />

Terminating resistor not active<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Call & cancel switch/WC, order no. 19 0708 50<br />

Switch with call button and cancel button for raising calls and for<br />

cancellation of WC calls at the call location. Red call button with<br />

reassurance light and integrated location light as LED. The re‐<br />

assurance light lights up as soon as a call is raised. Grey cancel<br />

button with reminder light and integrated location light as LED.<br />

The reminder light lights up when a WC call has been raised that<br />

must be cancelled with the cancel button.<br />

Connection to terminal, display module or call/presence combi‐<br />

nation bus (RAB)<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): approx. 71 x 71 x 21 mm<br />

Weight incl. central plate und frame: approx. 50 g<br />

Standby current consumption: 2 mA<br />

Maximum current consumption: 17 mA<br />

Note! Complete installation of the system is described<br />

in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Mounting<br />

Wall mounting on 1-gang back box.<br />

1. Strip the connecting cable to a suitable length. Remove the<br />

cable shield and the ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 19 0701 00, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 7 as per Fig. D.<br />

3. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 10 0701 x0, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 7 as per Fig. E.<br />

4. Screw the switch 4 to the back box 5 with the screws 3 of the<br />

back box.<br />

5. Insert central plate 1 into the frame 2.<br />

6. Press the central plate 1 together with frame 2 onto the switch<br />

until it engages audibly on both sides.<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. Lever frame 2 together with central plate 1 off the wall using a<br />

screw driver, see Fig. C.<br />

2. Undo the screws 3 of the back box and remove the switch 4<br />

from the back box.<br />

3. Unscrew the connecting cable of the connector from the rear<br />

of the switch 4.<br />

00 8814 08, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 109<br />

6<br />

6<br />

4 Front side 4 Rear side<br />

1* Central plate for 2 buttons,<br />

order no. 19 9201 00<br />

2* Frame, internal dimensions: 55 x 55 mm<br />

3* Srews of the back box<br />

4 Call & cancel switch/WC<br />

5* Back box, 1‐gang<br />

6 Solder bridges<br />

7 Connector<br />

* Not included with product delivery..<br />

1*<br />

3*<br />

2*<br />

1*<br />

2*<br />

3*<br />

4<br />

7<br />

5*


Call & cancel switch/WC, order no. 19 0708 50<br />

Connection on terminal, order no. 19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or RAB,<br />

order no. 19 0701 00 (CONCENTO PLUS system)<br />

GND<br />

WL<br />

WA<br />

WR<br />

+24 V<br />

Display module, order no. 19 0700 80<br />

or RAB, order no. 19 0701 00<br />

GND<br />

WL<br />

R4<br />

R3<br />

+24 V<br />

Terminal, order no. 19 0700 x0<br />

Several Call & cancel switches in the room<br />

Max. 4 call & cancel switches can be connected in line or star topology. The max. cable length per input is 20 m. The integrated<br />

120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active for all call & cancel switches (= factory setting).<br />

Optional other call type<br />

IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8 mm<br />

BU<br />

GN<br />

WH(GN)<br />

YE<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8 mm<br />

BU<br />

GN<br />

WH(GN)<br />

YE<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

GND<br />

WL<br />

WA<br />

RL/WL<br />

RT/WR<br />

+24 V<br />

Callbutton WC<br />

Connector 7<br />

on switch<br />

GND<br />

WL<br />

WA<br />

RL/WL<br />

RT/WR<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7<br />

on switch<br />

Caution! Do not change the solder bridge 6. It must always be closed.<br />

As an option, it is possible to use the call button for a another call type than a WC call (e.g. room call). The connection points<br />

RT/WR (for the call button) and RL/WL (for the reassurance light) must then be connected to the corresponding other connection<br />

points of the terminal, the display module and the RAB.<br />

00 8814 08, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 110<br />

Cancel button<br />

Call button WC Cancel button<br />

Connection to terminal, order no. 10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or<br />

RAB, order no. 10 0701 x0 (Concento system)<br />

GND<br />

WL<br />

WA<br />

WR<br />

+24 V<br />

Order no. 10 0700 x0<br />

or 10 0700 8x<br />

or 10 0701 x0<br />

IY(ST)Y 4x2x0.8 mm<br />

BU<br />

GN<br />

WH(GN)<br />

YE<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

GND<br />

WL<br />

WA<br />

RL/WL<br />

RT/WR<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7<br />

on switch<br />

Call button WC Cancel button<br />

Terminating resistor<br />

Several switches can be connected in line topology. Star topology is not permissible. The maximum cable length per input is 15 m.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active in the case of the last call button (for WC call) and cancel button.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be inactive in the case of all other call buttons (for WC call) and cancel buttons.<br />

The terminating resistors are set to active at the factory. The terminating resistors are activated and deactivated via the solder<br />

bridges 6 (see Fig. A).<br />

Solder bridge for call button<br />

Solder bridge closed<br />

Terminating resistor active (factory setting)<br />

Solder bridge for cancel button Solder bridge opened (e.g. with knife blade)<br />

Terminating resistor not active<br />

Optional other call type<br />

As an option, it is possible to use the call button for a another call type to a WC call (e.g. room call). The connection points RT/WR<br />

(for the call button) and RL/WL (for the reassurance light) must then be connected to the corresponding other connection points of<br />

the terminal, the display module and the RAB.<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Cancel switch/WC, order no. 19 0709 00<br />

Cancel switch for cancelling WC calls at the call location. Grey<br />

cancel button with reminder light and integrated location light as<br />

LED. The reminder light lights up when a WC call has been<br />

raised that must be cancelled with the cancel button.<br />

Connection to terminal, display module or call/presence combi‐<br />

nation bus (RAB)<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): approx. 71 x 71 x 21 mm<br />

Weight incl. Central plate und frame: approx. 50 g<br />

Standby current consumption: 1 mA<br />

6<br />

7<br />

Maximum current consumption: 7.5 mA 4 Front side 4 Rear side<br />

Note! Complete installation of the system is described<br />

in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Mounting<br />

Wall mounting on 1-gang back box.<br />

1. Strip the connecting cable to a suitable length. Remove the<br />

cable shield and the ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 19 0701 00, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 7 as per Fig. D.<br />

3. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 10 0701 x0, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 7 as per Fig. E.<br />

4. Screw the switch 4 to the back box 5 with the screws 3 of the<br />

back box.<br />

5. Insert central plate 1 into the frame 2.<br />

6. Press the central plate 1 together with frame 2 onto the switch<br />

until it engages audibly on both sides.<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. Lever frame 2 together with central plate 1 off the wall using a<br />

screw driver, see Fig. C.<br />

2. Undo the screws 3 of the back box and remove the switch 4<br />

from the back box.<br />

3. Unscrew the connecting cable of the connector from the rear<br />

of the switch 4.<br />

00 8814 09, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 111<br />

1* Central plate for 1 button,<br />

order no. 19 9201 06<br />

2* Frame, internal dimensions: 55 x 55 mm<br />

3* Screws of the back box<br />

4 Cancel switch/WC<br />

5* Back box, 1-gang<br />

6 Solder bridge<br />

7 Connector<br />

* Not included with product delivery..<br />

1*<br />

1*<br />

2*<br />

3*<br />

2*<br />

3*<br />

4<br />

5*


Cancel switch/WC, order no. 19 0709 00<br />

Connection on terminal, order no. 19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or RAB,<br />

order no. 19 0701 00 (CONCENTO PLUS system)<br />

GND<br />

WL<br />

WA<br />

+24 V<br />

Display module order no. 19 0700 80<br />

or RAB, order no. 19 0701 00<br />

GND<br />

WL<br />

R4<br />

+24 V<br />

Terminal, order no. 19 0700 x0<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

BK<br />

YE<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

BK<br />

YE<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7 on switch<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7 on switch<br />

Several cancel switches in the room<br />

Max. 4 cancel buttons can be connected in line or star topology. The max. cable length per input is 20 m. The integrated 120 kOhm<br />

terminating resistor must be active for all cancel buttons (= factory setting).<br />

Caution! Do not change the solder bridge 6. It must always be closed.<br />

www.tunstall.de<br />

Connection on terminal, order no. 10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or RAB,<br />

Telgte,<br />

order no. 10 0701 x0 (Concento system)<br />

48291<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

66,<br />

GND<br />

BK<br />

GND<br />

WL<br />

YE<br />

RL<br />

Orkotten<br />

WA<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RT<br />

<strong>GmbH</strong>,<br />

+24 V<br />

RD<br />

+24 V<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong><br />

Order no. 10 0700 x0<br />

Connector 7 on switch <br />

or 10 0700 8x<br />

or 10 0701 x0<br />

Terminating resistor<br />

Several cancel buttons can be connected in line topology. Star topology is not permissible. The maximum cable length<br />

per input is 15 m.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active in the case of the last cancel button.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be inactive in the case of all other cancel buttons.<br />

The terminating resistor is set to active at the factory. The terminating resistor is activated and deactivated via the solder bridge 6<br />

(see Fig. A).<br />

Solder bridge closed<br />

Terminating resistor active (factory setting)<br />

Solder bridge opened (e.g. with knife blade)<br />

Terminating resistor not active<br />

00 8814 09, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 112<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Pneumatic switch, order no. 19 0707 50x<br />

19 070750J incl. frame Jung AS 500<br />

19 070750B incl. frame Berker S.1<br />

19 070750G incl. frame Gira Standard 55 matt<br />

19 070750GG incl. frame Gira Standard 55 glossy<br />

19 070750M incl. frame Merten System M-SMART<br />

Pneumatic switch with 2 m air hose and rubber ball for raising a<br />

call by pneumatic actuation. The reassurance lights up as soon<br />

as a call is raised. Incl. frame and central plate.<br />

Connection to terminal, display module or call/presence combi‐<br />

nation bus (RAB). The call type depends on the input to which<br />

the pneumatic switch is connected.<br />

Weight : approx. 205 g<br />

Standby current consumption: 0.05 mA<br />

Maximum current consumption: 10 mA<br />

Note! Complete installation of the system is described<br />

in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Mounting<br />

Wall mounting on 1-gang back box.<br />

1. Anschlusskabel auf geeignete Länge abmanteln. Kabelschirm<br />

und Beidraht bis zum Kabelmantel entfernen.<br />

2. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 19 0701 00, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 9 as per Fig. D.<br />

3. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 10 0701 x0, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 9 as per Fig. E.<br />

4. Screw the pneumatic switch insert 6 and the sealing flange 7<br />

onto the back box 8 with the screws 5 of the back box. When<br />

doing this, pay attention to the orientation of the ”top” marking<br />

5. Insert central plate 2 into the frame 3.<br />

6. Press the central plate 2 together with frame 3 onto the<br />

pneumatic switch insert until it engages audibly on both sides.<br />

7. Push the air hose 1 onto the metal pipe 4 as far as possible.<br />

This closes the disconnection contact 11.<br />

Attention! If the air hose is not pushed as far as possible onto<br />

the metal pipe, a call is raised when the pneumatic switch is put<br />

into operation (disconnection call). This cannot be cancelled until<br />

the air hose has been pushed onto the metal pipe as far as pos‐<br />

sible. This is a safety function that ensures that the nursing staff<br />

are informed when the air hose has been accidentally disconnec‐<br />

ted (for example).<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. Pull the air hose 1 off the metal pipe 4.<br />

2. Lever frame 3 and central plate 2 off the wall with a screw<br />

driver, see Fig. C.<br />

3. Undo the screws 5 of the back box and remove the<br />

pneumatic switch insert 6 with the sealing flange 7 from the<br />

back box.<br />

4. Unscrew the connecting cable from the connector on the rear<br />

of the pneumatic switch insert 6.<br />

00 8814 06, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 113<br />

Front side:<br />

1<br />

4<br />

2<br />

3<br />

6 Rear side:<br />

1 Air hose with rubber ball<br />

2 Central plate<br />

3 Frame<br />

4 Metal pipe for hose connection<br />

5* Screws of the back box<br />

6 Pneumatic switch insert<br />

7 Sealing flange<br />

8* Back box<br />

9 Connector<br />

10 Plug bridge<br />

11 Disconnection contact for air hose<br />

* Not included with product delivery.<br />

10<br />

11<br />

5*<br />

6<br />

2 3<br />

3<br />

2<br />

4<br />

4<br />

1<br />

top<br />

6<br />

5*<br />

7<br />

9<br />

8


Pneumatic switch, order no. 19 0707 50x<br />

Connection on terminal, order no. 19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or RAB,<br />

order no. 19 0701 00 (CONCENTO PLUS system)<br />

See table below<br />

Order no.: 19 0700 x0 or 19 0700 80 or 19 0701 00<br />

Device order no.<br />

Display module19<br />

0700 80<br />

RAB 19 0701 00<br />

Terminal 19 0700 x0<br />

Reassurance light<br />

GND<br />

+24 V<br />

Call input<br />

Call type*) Reassurance light Call input<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL R1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

R2<br />

Call Bed 3 RL R3<br />

Several call buttons in the room<br />

Max. 4 call devices can be connected in line or star topology. The max. cable length per input is 20 m. The integrated<br />

120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active for all call devices (= factory setting).<br />

Caution! Do not remove the plug bridge 10. It must always be inserted.<br />

YE<br />

BK<br />

RD<br />

WH(YE)<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

WC Call WL R3<br />

Call Bed 1 RL R1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

R2<br />

*) Note! Many inputs of the display module, RAB and terminals are configurable, i.e<br />

the call type can be changed. In addition there are further inputs available that are also<br />

configurable. For details, read the product leaflet accompanying the respective device.<br />

00 8814 06, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 114<br />

RL<br />

GND<br />

+24 V<br />

RT<br />

Connector 9<br />

on switch<br />

Connection to terminal, order no. 10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or<br />

RAB, order no. 10 0701 x0 (Concento system)<br />

See table below<br />

Order no.: 10 0700 x0 or 10 0700 8x or 10 0701 x0<br />

Device<br />

Display module<br />

RAB<br />

Order no.<br />

10 0700 80<br />

10 0701 00<br />

Display module 10 0700 85<br />

RAB<br />

10 0701 20<br />

Terminal 10 0701 x0<br />

Reassurance light<br />

GND<br />

+24 V<br />

Call input<br />

YE<br />

BK<br />

RD<br />

WH(YE)<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

Call type Reassurance light Call input<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

WC Call WL<br />

WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

Call Bed 3 RL<br />

RT3<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

configurable RL R5<br />

configurable RL R6<br />

RL<br />

GND<br />

+24 V<br />

RT<br />

Connector 9<br />

on switch<br />

Terminating resistor<br />

Several call devices on one input can be connected in line topology. Star topology is not permissible. The maximum cable length<br />

per input is 15 m.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active in the case of the last call device at an input.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be inactive in the case of all other call devices at the input.<br />

The terminating resistor is set to active at the factory. The terminating resistor is activated and deactivated via the plug bridge 10<br />

(see Fig. B).<br />

Plug bridge plugged in<br />

Plug bridge removed<br />

10 = Terminating resistor active (factory setting) 10 = Terminating resistor not active<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


12. Product leaflets<br />

12.4 Call switches with connection socket<br />

19 0704 00 Call switch with connection socket<br />

19 0704 20 Call switch with 2 connection sockets<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 115<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Call switch with connection socket, order no. 19 0704 00<br />

Red call button with reassurance light and integrated location<br />

light as LED. The reassurance light lights up as soon as a call is<br />

raised. A socket for connecting a pear push switch or another<br />

plug-in call device.<br />

Connection to terminal, display module or call/presence combi‐<br />

nation bus (RAB).<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): approx. 71 x 71 x 20 mm<br />

Weight incl. central plate und frame: approx. 55 g<br />

Standby current consumption: 9.1 mA (without connecting the<br />

connection socket)<br />

Maximum current consumption: 18.5 mA (without connecting the<br />

connection socket)<br />

Note! Complete installation of the system is described<br />

in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Caution! Electrostatic sensitive components<br />

The printed circuit board contains components at risk<br />

from electrostatic charges. Therefore, avoid touching<br />

them.<br />

Mounting<br />

Wall mounting on 1-gang back box.<br />

1. Strip the connecting cable to a suitable length. Remove the<br />

cable shield and the ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 19 0701 00, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 7 as per Fig. D.<br />

3. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 10 0701 x0, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 7 as per Fig. E.<br />

4. Screw the switch 4 to the back box 5 with the screws 3 of the<br />

back box.<br />

5. Insert central plate 1 into the frame 2.<br />

6. Press the central plate 1 together with frame 2 onto the switch<br />

until it engages audibly on both sides.<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. Lever frame 2 together with central plate 1 off the wall using a<br />

screw driver, see Fig. C.<br />

2. Undo the screws 3 of the back box and remove the switch 4<br />

from the back box.<br />

3. Unscrew the connecting cable of the connector from the rear<br />

of the switch 4.<br />

00 8814 10, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 116<br />

6<br />

4 Front side 4 Rear side<br />

1* Central plate for 1 button & 1 connection<br />

socket, order no. 19 9201 04<br />

2* Frame, internal dimension: 55 x 55 mm<br />

3* Screws of the back box<br />

4 Call switch with connection socket<br />

5* Back box, 1‐gang<br />

6 DIP switch or jumper<br />

7 Connector<br />

* Not included with product delivery..<br />

1*<br />

1*<br />

2*<br />

3*<br />

2*<br />

6<br />

3*<br />

4<br />

7<br />

5*


Call switch with connection socket, order no. 19 0704 00<br />

Connection on terminal, order no. 19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or RAB,<br />

order no. 19 0701 00 (CONCENTO PLUS system)<br />

GND<br />

Reassurance light<br />

See table below<br />

Call input<br />

+24 V<br />

Order noo. 19 0700 x0<br />

or 19 0700 80<br />

or 19 0701 00<br />

Device Order no.<br />

Display module 19 0700 80<br />

RAB<br />

19 0701 00<br />

Terminal 19 0700 x0<br />

Light switching - see below<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

BK<br />

YE<br />

WH/YE<br />

RD<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

Call type Reassurance light Call input<br />

1 )<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL R1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

R2<br />

Call Bed 3 RL R3<br />

WC Call WL R3<br />

Call Bed 1 RL R1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

R2<br />

1 ) Note! Many inputs of the display module, RAB and terminals are configurable, i.e<br />

the call type can be changed. In addition there are further inputs available that are also<br />

configurable. For details, read the product leaflet accompanying the respective device.<br />

Several call buttons in the room<br />

Max. 4 call devices can be connected in line or star topology. The max. cable length per input is 20 m. The integrated 120 kOhm<br />

terminating resistor must be active for all call devices (= factory setting).<br />

Caution! Do not change the DIP switch or jumper 6. It must be in the ”RA ON” position.<br />

Light switching<br />

24 V DC not from<br />

nurse call system<br />

Light<br />

230 V AC<br />

Recommended pulse relays:<br />

Pulse relay<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7<br />

on switch<br />

00 8814 10, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 117<br />

WH(YE)<br />

YE<br />

Pulse relay (electronic): Pulse relay (mechanical*): Switching relay (mechanical) *):<br />

ELTAKO, ES60-TX60-24VDC<br />

ELTAKO, ES75-100-12..24 VDC<br />

SCHIELE entrelec TX60-24V<br />

BIAIG electronics TX60-24V<br />

ELTAKO, 1S9-24 VDC<br />

ELTAKO, S91-100-24 VDC<br />

Anti-surge diode<br />

min. 1N4007<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7 on switch<br />

Light button on pear push switch<br />

ELTAKO, R12-100-24 VDC (for DIN rail)<br />

ELTAKO, R91-100-24 VDC (Flush-mounted, surface-mounted version)<br />

FINDER, 49.61-7024.4050<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Call switch with connection socket, order no. 19 0704 00<br />

Connection on terminal, order no. 10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or RAB,<br />

order no. 10 0701 x0 (Concento system)<br />

Device<br />

Display module<br />

RAB<br />

Terminating resistor<br />

Several call devices can be connected in line topolgy. Star topology is not permissible. The maximum cable length<br />

per input is 15 m.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active in the case of the last call device at an input.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be inactive in the case of all other call devices at the input.<br />

The terminating resistor is set to active at the factory. The terminating resistor is activated and deactivated via the DIP switch or<br />

jumper 6.<br />

6<br />

Terminating resistor active (factory setting)<br />

= DIP switch ON (left) or<br />

= Jumper position left<br />

6<br />

Light switching<br />

24 V DC not from<br />

nurse call system<br />

GND<br />

Reassurance light<br />

See table below<br />

Call input<br />

+24 V<br />

Order no. 10 0700 x0<br />

or 10 0700 8x<br />

or 10 0701 x0<br />

Light<br />

230 V AC<br />

Order no.<br />

10 0700 80<br />

10 0701 00<br />

Display module 10 0700 85<br />

RAB<br />

10 0701 20<br />

Terminal 10 0701 x0<br />

Recommended pulse relays:<br />

Light switching - see below<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

Pulse relay<br />

BK<br />

YE<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

Call type Reassurance light Call input<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

WC Call WL<br />

WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

Call Bed 3 RL<br />

RT3<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

configurable RL R5<br />

configurable RL R6<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7<br />

on switch<br />

Anti-surge diode<br />

min. 1N4007<br />

00 8814 10, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 3<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 118<br />

WH(YE)<br />

YE<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7<br />

on switch<br />

Terminating resistor not active<br />

= DIP switch OFF (right) or<br />

= Jumper position right<br />

Pulse relay (electronic): Pulse relay (mechanical*): Switching relay (mechanical) *):<br />

ELTAKO, ES60-TX60-24VDC<br />

ELTAKO, ES75-100-12..24 VDC<br />

SCHIELE entrelec TX60-24V<br />

BIAIG electronics TX60-24V<br />

ELTAKO, 1S9-24 VDC<br />

ELTAKO, S91-100-24 VDC<br />

Light button on pear push switch<br />

ELTAKO, R12-100-24 VDC (for DIN rail)<br />

ELTAKO, R91-100-24 VDC (Flush-mounted, surface-mounted version)<br />

FINDER, 49.61-7024.4050


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Call switch with 2 connection sockets, order no. 19 0704 20<br />

Red call button with reassurance light and integrated location<br />

light as LED. The reassurance light lights up as soon as a call is<br />

raised. Two equal sockets for connecting a pear push switches or<br />

other plug-in call devices.<br />

Connection to terminal, display module or call/presence combi‐<br />

nation bus (RAB).<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): approx. 71 x 71 x 20 mm<br />

Weight incl. central plate und frame: approx. 55 g<br />

Standby current consumption: 9.1 mA (without connecting the<br />

connection socketes)<br />

Maximum current consumption: 18.5 mA (without connecting the<br />

connection socketes)<br />

Note! Complete installation of the system is described<br />

in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> beschrieben.<br />

Caution! Electrostatic sensitive components<br />

The PCB contains components at risk from electrostatic<br />

charges. Therefore, avoid touching them.<br />

Mounting<br />

Wall mounting on 1-gang back box.<br />

1. Strip the connecting cable to a suitable length. Remove the<br />

cable shield and the ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 19 0701 00, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 7 as per Fig. D.<br />

3. If you want to connect the switch to a terminal, order no.<br />

10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or a<br />

RAB, order no. 10 0701 x0, connect the connecting cable to<br />

the connector 7 as per Fig. E.<br />

4. Screw the switch 4 to the back box 5 with the screws 3 of the<br />

back box.<br />

5. Insert central plate 1 into the frame 2.<br />

6. Press the central plate 1 together with frame 2 onto the switch<br />

until it engages audibly on both sides.<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. Lever frame 2 together with central plate 1 off the wall using a<br />

screw driver, see Fig. C.<br />

2. Undo the screws 3 of the back box and remove the switch 4<br />

from the back box.<br />

3. Unscrew the connecting cable of the connector from the rear<br />

of the switch 4.<br />

00 8814 11, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 119<br />

6<br />

4 Front side 4 Rear side<br />

1* Central plate for 1 button & 2 connection<br />

sockets, order no. 19 9201 08<br />

2* Frame, internal dimension: 55 x 55 mm<br />

3* Screws of the back box<br />

4 Call switch with 2 connection sockets<br />

5* Back box, 1‐gang<br />

6 DIP switch or jumper<br />

7 Connector<br />

* Not included with product delivery..<br />

1*<br />

1*<br />

2*<br />

3*<br />

2*<br />

6<br />

3*<br />

4<br />

7<br />

5*


Call switch with 2 connection sockets, order no. 19 0704 20<br />

Connection on terminal, order no. 19 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 19 0700 80, or RAB,<br />

order no. 19 0701 00 (CONCENTO PLUS system)<br />

GND<br />

Reassurance light<br />

See table below<br />

Call input<br />

+24 V<br />

Order no. 19 0700 x0<br />

or 19 0700 80<br />

or 19 0701 00<br />

Device Order no.<br />

Display module 19 0700 80<br />

RAB<br />

19 0701 00<br />

Terminal 19 0700 x0<br />

BK<br />

YE<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

Call type Reassurance light Call input<br />

1 )<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL R1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

R2<br />

Call Bed 3 RL R3<br />

WC Call WL R3<br />

Call Bed 1 RL R1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

R2<br />

1 ) Note! Many inputs of the display module, RAB and terminals are configurable, i.e<br />

the call type can be changed. In addition there are further inputs available that are also<br />

configurable. For details, read the product leaflet accompanying the respective device.<br />

Several call buttons in the room<br />

Max. 4 call devices can be connected in line or star topology. The max. cable length per input is 20 m. The integrated 120 kOhm<br />

terminating resistor must be active for all call devices (= factory setting).<br />

Light switching<br />

same as LT1, but for pear push switch 2<br />

24 V DC not from<br />

the nurse call system<br />

Light<br />

230 V AC<br />

Light switching - see below<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

Pulse relay<br />

LT2<br />

LT2<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7<br />

on switch<br />

00 8814 11, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 120<br />

RD<br />

BK<br />

WH(YE)<br />

YE<br />

Caution! Do not change the DIP switch or jumper 6. It must be in the ”RA ON” position.<br />

Recommended pulse relays:<br />

Anti-surge diode<br />

min. 1N4007<br />

Pulse relay (electronic): Pulse relay (mechanical*): Switching relay (mechanical) *):<br />

ELTAKO, ES60-TX60-24VDC<br />

ELTAKO, ES75-100-12..24 VDC<br />

SCHIELE entrelec TX60-24V<br />

BIAIG electronics TX60-24V<br />

ELTAKO, 1S9-24 VDC<br />

ELTAKO, S91-100-24 VDC<br />

LT2<br />

LT2<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7 on switch<br />

same as LT1, but pear push switch 2<br />

Light button on pear push switch 1<br />

Pear push switch 1<br />

Pear push switch 2<br />

ELTAKO, R12-100-24 VDC (for DIN rail)<br />

ELTAKO, R91-100-24 VDC (Flush-mounted, surface-mounted version)<br />

FINDER, 49.61-7024.4050<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Call switch with 2 connection sockets, order no. 19 0704 20<br />

Connection on terminal, order no. 10 0700 x0, or display module, order no. 10 0700 8x, or RAB,<br />

order no. 10 0701 x0 (Concento system)<br />

Device<br />

Display module<br />

RAB<br />

Abschlusswiderstand<br />

Several call devices can be connected in line topolgy. Star topology is not permissible. The maximum cable length<br />

per input is 15 m.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be active in the case of the last call device at an input.<br />

The integrated 120 kOhm terminating resistor must be inactive in the case of all other call devices at the input.<br />

The terminating resistor is set to active at the factory. The terminating resistor is activated and deactivated via the DIP switch or<br />

jumper 6.<br />

Terminating resistor active (factory setting)<br />

Terminating resistor not active<br />

= DIP switch ON (left) or<br />

= DIP switch OFF (right) or<br />

6 6<br />

= Jumper position left<br />

= Jumper position right<br />

Light switching<br />

24 V DC not from<br />

nurse call system<br />

GND<br />

Reassurance light<br />

See table below<br />

Call input<br />

+24 V<br />

Order no. 10 0700 x0<br />

or 10 0700 8x<br />

or 10 0701 x0<br />

Light<br />

230 V AC<br />

Order no.<br />

10 0700 80<br />

10 0701 00<br />

Display module 10 0700 85<br />

RAB<br />

10 0701 20<br />

Terminal 10 0701 x0<br />

Recommended pulse relays:<br />

Pulse relay<br />

BK<br />

YE<br />

WH(YE)<br />

RD<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

Call type Reassurance light Call input<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

WC Call WL<br />

WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

Call Bed 3 RL<br />

RT3<br />

WC Call WL WR<br />

Call Bed 1 RL<br />

RT1<br />

Call Bed 2 RL<br />

RT2<br />

configurable RL R5<br />

configurable RL R6<br />

LT2<br />

LT2<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Connector 7<br />

on switch<br />

Anti-surge diode<br />

min. 1N4007<br />

00 8814 11, 10/12 (Rev. 2.0) 3<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 121<br />

RD<br />

BK<br />

WH(YE)<br />

YE<br />

LT2<br />

LT2<br />

LT1<br />

LT1<br />

GND<br />

RL<br />

RT<br />

+24 V<br />

Pulse relay (electronic): Pulse relay (mechanical*): Switching relay (mechanical) *):<br />

ELTAKO, ES60-TX60-24VDC<br />

ELTAKO, ES75-100-12..24 VDC<br />

SCHIELE entrelec TX60-24V<br />

BIAIG electronics TX60-24V<br />

Light switching - see below<br />

IY(ST)Y 2x2x0.8 mm<br />

ELTAKO, 1S9-24 VDC<br />

ELTAKO, S91-100-24 VDC<br />

Connector 7<br />

on switch<br />

same as LT1, but for pear push switch 2 same as LT1, but pear push switch 2<br />

Light button on pear push switch 1<br />

Pear push switch 1<br />

Pear push switch 2<br />

ELTAKO, R12-100-24 VDC (for DIN rail)<br />

ELTAKO, R91-100-24 VDC (Flush-mounted, surface-mounted version)<br />

FINDER, 49.61-7024.4050


12.5 System control<br />

19 0700 10 Group Electronic (GE)<br />

19 0700 00 Management Interface<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 122<br />

12. Product leaflets


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Group electronic (GE), order no. 19 0700 10<br />

The group electronic (abbreviation: GE) is for controlling a ward<br />

bus of a nurse call system, type CONCENTO PLUS (max. 40 ward<br />

bus users). All GE units are connected to each other via the<br />

group bus. Additionally one management interface and one fire<br />

alarm interface can be connected to the group bus (max. 40<br />

group bus users).<br />

It is possible to install the GE in an existing nurse call system of<br />

the type ”Concento” if the ConLog II or ConLog PLUS software is<br />

used in the system.<br />

Dimensions incl. mounting plate (HxWxD): 190 x 102 x 50 mm<br />

GE weight: approx. 295 g, mounting plate weight: 60 g<br />

Standby current consumption: 60 mA at 24 V DC<br />

The mounting kit (order no. 19 0700 90), i.e. the mounting plate<br />

with three connectors, must be ordered separately.<br />

Note! Complete installation of the system is described<br />

in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Caution! Electrostatic sensitive components<br />

The printed circuit boards in the GE contain electrostatic<br />

sensitive components. Therefore, avoid touching them.<br />

Mounting in an existing Concento nurse call system<br />

If you install the GE in a nurse call system with speech transmis‐<br />

sion and if terminals, GEs or interfaces are installed there, the<br />

order no. of which does not begin with ”19 07”, you must set the<br />

type ”Concento” on the GE instead of ”CONCENTOPLUS ” (factory<br />

setting).<br />

Proceed as follows to set ”Concento” in an existing Concento<br />

nurse call system (see Fig. B):<br />

1. Lever off the cover 2 on the side of the GE 1 with a<br />

screwdriver and then remove it.<br />

2. Slide the slide switch upwards into the ”Concento” position.<br />

3. Replace the cover 2 and press it on until it clicks into place.<br />

Mounting<br />

Wall mounting preferably in the electrical sub-distribution unit.<br />

1. Strip the connecting cable to a suitable length. Remove the<br />

cable shield and the ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. Connect the wires according to Fig. F to the three connectors<br />

included with the mounting kit.<br />

3. Set the two DIP switches beside the connection field 8 on the<br />

rear of the GE as per Fig. E.<br />

4. Push the three connected connectors through the opening of<br />

the mounting plate 5.<br />

5. Securely screw the mounting plate 5 to the back box 6 with<br />

the four back box screws 4.<br />

6. Plug the three wired connectors onto the connection field 8 on<br />

the back of the GE, see Fig. A.<br />

7. Attach the GE 1 to the mounting plate 5 so that the four<br />

protruding screws 3 are inserted into the ”keyholes” of the<br />

mounting plate 5.<br />

8. Slide down the GE 1 until it clicks into place<br />

00 8814 01, 10/12 (Rev. 3.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 123<br />

1 Front view<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

1 Rear view<br />

1 Group electronic (abbreviation: GE)<br />

2 Cover on the side of GE<br />

3 Four protruding screws<br />

4* Four back box screws<br />

5* Mounting plate<br />

6* Back box<br />

7* Mounting plate latch<br />

8 Connection field<br />

* Not included with product delivery.<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

4<br />

4<br />

7<br />

8<br />

Slide switch<br />

Concento<br />

1<br />

CONCENTO PLUS<br />

(Factory setting)<br />

4<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6


Group electronic (GE), order no. 19 0700 10<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. With the thumb of one hand, push the latch 7 on the<br />

underside of the GE 1 towards the wall so that the lock is<br />

released.<br />

2. At the same time and with the other hand, slide up the GE 1<br />

approximately 1 cm and then remove it from the mounting<br />

plate.<br />

3. Unplug the connectors from connection field 8 on the rear of<br />

the GE 1, see Fig. A.<br />

Connection points and DIP switches on the connection field<br />

8<br />

8<br />

Relay NO<br />

Relay COM<br />

Relay NC<br />

GND<br />

1<br />

GSD<br />

GND<br />

+24V<br />

2 3 4<br />

nc<br />

GSC<br />

nc<br />

GSB<br />

nc<br />

GSA<br />

00 8814 01, 10/12 (Rev. 3.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 124<br />

+24V<br />

IN1<br />

GA<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12<br />

IA<br />

IB<br />

ISA<br />

ISB<br />

ISC<br />

ISD<br />

A1<br />

A2<br />

GB<br />

GND<br />

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1<br />

SB<br />

GB<br />

12<br />

ON<br />

OFF<br />

Connecting the connecting cable to the connectors<br />

Note! There is no bridge between 1 and 2<br />

(GND) and no bridge between 3 and 4<br />

(+24 V) in the connector. The bridges are<br />

on the printed circuit board.<br />

Fault signal relay (potential-free)<br />

Switching power: 2 A at 24 V DC<br />

NO<br />

COM<br />

NC<br />

Group bus (speech)<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12<br />

ISA<br />

GSD<br />

BN<br />

ISB<br />

GSC<br />

WH(BN)<br />

GSB<br />

GN<br />

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1<br />

IA<br />

IB<br />

WH(YE)<br />

YE<br />

Ward bus (data)<br />

Ward bus (speech)<br />

WH(GN)<br />

GND<br />

1<br />

GN<br />

ISC<br />

ISD<br />

A1<br />

A2<br />

WH(BN)<br />

BN<br />

300 mA at 24 V DC<br />

BN<br />

+24V<br />

2 3 4<br />

Group bus (data)<br />

Output: Fault signal lamp<br />

Output: Group lamp<br />

300 mA at 24 V DC<br />

1<br />

5<br />

Underside<br />

DIP switch 1<br />

ON: The GE is the first or last bus user (= bus<br />

termination) on the ward bus<br />

OFF: The GE is neither the first nor the last<br />

bus user on the ward bus<br />

DIP switch 2<br />

ON: The GE is the first or last bus user (= bus<br />

termination) on the group bus<br />

OFF: The GE is neither the first nor the last<br />

bus user on the group bus<br />

Voltage supply<br />

WH(GN) GSA<br />

Mains failure message IN1<br />

WH(YE) GA<br />

GB<br />

GND<br />

YE<br />

4 pole connector<br />

Max. wire cross section: 2.5 mm 2<br />

GND<br />

12 pole connector<br />

10 pole connector<br />

Fault signal contact of<br />

the power supply unit (24 V DC)<br />

7<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Group electronic (GE), order no. 19 0700 10<br />

Putting a GE into operation<br />

When you have performed all the above steps for installing the<br />

GE, put the GE into operation:<br />

1. Switch on the power supply.<br />

The display briefly shows the GE's device ID.<br />

The device ID is a 7-digit number that can also be found<br />

on the device label, e.g. 0010001.<br />

The display briefly shows ”Adr 9999” and ”PGR 00”.<br />

The display continuously shows: ”WAIT FOR CONFIG”. The<br />

LED on the right below the display is on. See Fig. G.<br />

2. Program the GE via the group bus. For details, refer to the<br />

documentation of the ConLog software.<br />

When the GE is completely programmed, the LED on the<br />

right below the display goes out. The display changes to<br />

the operating display, see Fig. H.<br />

The GE is in operation.<br />

GE in normal operation:<br />

Number of active messages<br />

(calls, presences, faults) on the<br />

ward bus<br />

Note! For LED indicator lights see<br />

Fig. I.<br />

LED indicator lights during operation<br />

Button 1: GE function on the group bus<br />

LED is on.<br />

LED is off.<br />

LED flashing<br />

(4 s on / 4 s off)<br />

GE is Master.<br />

GE is Slave.<br />

Button 3: Clear call memory<br />

Only for <strong>Tunstall</strong> engineers.<br />

GE is not connected to<br />

the group bus or faulty or<br />

is the only group bus<br />

user.<br />

Button 5: Group bus polling<br />

LED is on. Fault on group bus.<br />

LED is off. Fault on group bus.<br />

LED flashes<br />

rhythmically.<br />

Group bus ok.<br />

00 8814 01, 10/12 (Rev. 3.0) 3<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 125<br />

Display before putting into operation<br />

WAIT FOR<br />

CONFIG<br />

LED is on. It does not go out until the GE<br />

is fully programmed and is in operation.<br />

Note! When the LED is on, the fault signal<br />

relay (Fig. F) is pulled.<br />

Time of day<br />

Press one of the buttons shortly to switch<br />

on the display light for 10 seconds.<br />

Press the button to scroll through the details of<br />

the active messages (calls, presence, faults)<br />

on the ward bus.<br />

Button 2: Operating state of the GE<br />

LED is off. GE ok.<br />

LED is on. GE faulty or not<br />

completely programmed.<br />

Button 4: GE update status<br />

Only for <strong>Tunstall</strong> engineers.<br />

Button 6: Ward bus polling<br />

LED is on. Fault on ward bus.<br />

LED is off. Fault on ward bus.<br />

LED flashes<br />

rhythmically.<br />

Ward bus ok.


Group electronic (GE), order no. 19 0700 10<br />

Service menu<br />

Starting the service menu<br />

Keep the buttons 1 and 2 simultaneously pressed for 10 sec.<br />

The software revision of the GE (SW Ver.) is displayed. The<br />

service menu is active. The LED indicator lights show the<br />

same as in normal operation, see Fig. I.<br />

Scrolling through the service menu<br />

Press the button 2 to scroll forwards in the service menu.<br />

Press the button 1 to scroll backwards in the service menu.<br />

Saving changes and exiting the service menu<br />

Keep the buttons 1 and 2 simultaneously pressed for 3 sec.<br />

The changes are saved. The service menu is no longer<br />

active. The display shows the operating display, see Fig. H.<br />

Timeout for the service menu! If no button is pressed for longer<br />

than 1 minute, the service menu is ended automatically without<br />

saving the changes.<br />

Button 1<br />

Button 3<br />

Button 5<br />

Changing the menu language of the GE<br />

1. In the service menu, scroll to the ”Language” menupoint as described above in the ”service menu” section.<br />

2. Press the button 4 to select the ”Language” menu point.<br />

3. Press button 1 as often as necessary until the desired language appears.<br />

4. Press the button 2 in order to apply the new setting.<br />

The set language is applied. Note: The setting is not saved until the service menu is ended.<br />

Displaying the number of programmed ward bus users<br />

1. In the service menu, scroll to the ”Ward-Dev” menu point as<br />

described above in the ”service menu” section.<br />

The number of ward bus users programmed into the GE is<br />

displayed. This number must match the number of existing<br />

ward bus users.<br />

2. If the displayed number does not match the number of<br />

existing ward bus users, correct the programming with the<br />

ConLog software.<br />

00 8814 01, 10/12 (Rev. 3.0) 4<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 126<br />

Button 2<br />

Button 4<br />

Button 6<br />

Displaying the active timezone<br />

1. In the service menu, scroll to the ”timezone”<br />

menu point as described above in the ”service<br />

menu” section.<br />

The active timezone/shift is displayed.<br />

Testing the group lamp<br />

Testing the fault signal lamp<br />

Proceed as follows to test the connected group lamp (see Fig. F): Proceed as follows to test the connected fault<br />

1. In the service menu, scroll to the ”Test Gr-Lamp” menu point signal lamp (see Fig. F):<br />

as described above in the ”service menu” section.<br />

1. In the service menu, scroll to the ”Test Er-Lamp”<br />

2. Press the button 4 to start the test.<br />

menu point as described above in the ”service<br />

The connected group lamp is on for 30 seconds.<br />

menu” section.<br />

2. Press the button 4 to start the test.<br />

The connected fault signal lamp is on for 30<br />

seconds.<br />

Testing the fault signal relay<br />

Proceed as follows to test the function of the fault signal relay<br />

(see Fig. F):<br />

1. In the service menu, scroll to the ”Test Relay” menu point as<br />

described above in the ”service menu” section.<br />

2. Press button 4 to switch the relay.<br />

The relay is switched.<br />

You can switch the relay (toggle) as often as you like by pressing<br />

button 4.<br />

3. To ensure that the relay is in the correct state after the test,<br />

perform a GE reset by keeping buttons 5 and 6 pressed for 5<br />

seconds.<br />

Simulating a mains power failure<br />

Proceed as follows to simulate a mains power fai‐<br />

lure (see Fig. F):<br />

1. In the service menu, scroll to the ”Simulate<br />

NetError” menu point as described above in the<br />

”service menu” section.<br />

2. Press button 4 to simulate a mains power<br />

failure.<br />

A mains power failure (fault) is displayed in the<br />

nurse call system for 30 seconds.<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Management Interface, Order no. 19 0700 00<br />

Interface for transferring call and system messages, speech<br />

phrases, and connection to speech communication via PBX. Ad‐<br />

ditional interfaces for system administration and for transmission<br />

of recorded data. Connection to the group bus or to a ward bus.<br />

Only 1 Management Interface per group bus.<br />

Only 1 Management Interface per ward bus.<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD): 135 x 190 x 90 mm, weight: approx. 640 g<br />

Current consumption: 240 mA at +24 V DC<br />

Note! The complete installation of the system is<br />

described in the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Caution! Electrostatic sensitive components<br />

The printed circuit boards within the control panel 1<br />

include electrostatic sensitive components. Therefore<br />

avoid touching.<br />

Dismantling<br />

1. Use a screw driver to turn both locks 6 to position “open“, see<br />

Fig. B.<br />

2. Hold the control panel 1 with both hands and push both fixing<br />

clips 5 simultaneously.<br />

3. Detach control panel 1 carefully. Caution! Control panel and<br />

base are interconnected via a flat cable 7, see Fig. C.<br />

4. Disconnect flat cable 7 from base 2.<br />

Mounting<br />

Fix the Management Interface to the wall on a one gang back<br />

box or on a cable duct.<br />

1. Strip the connection cable to the appropriate length. Remove<br />

the cable shield and ground wire up to the cable sheath.<br />

2. Fix base 2 at the four mounting holes to the wall using screws<br />

and dowels.<br />

3. Lead the connection wires through the opening in the base 2.<br />

Note! Only one a/b connection may be made either at the con‐<br />

nection field 8 or at the RJ11 socket 9.<br />

4. If you want to use the Management Interface on the group<br />

bus, connect the connection wires according to Fig. E. If you<br />

want to use the Management Interface on a ward bus,<br />

connect the connection wires according to Fig. F.<br />

5. Set jumper JP1 in the control panel 1 to ON position<br />

according to Fig. D. JP1 activates a Li battery for the clock<br />

module as voltage buffer in case of power failure.<br />

6. If you install the Management Interface in an existing nurse<br />

call system with speech transmission, you have to slide the<br />

slide switch according to Fig. D.<br />

You have to slide the slide switch to „Concento“ position, if<br />

one of the following conditions is met:<br />

- Min. one group electronic has the order no. 10 0700 10.<br />

- Min. at one group electronic of order no. 19 0700 10 the<br />

slide switch is set to the upwards „Concento“ position<br />

(refer to product leaflet for group electronic).<br />

7. Set jumper JP3 according to Fig. E or F.<br />

8. Connect flat cable 7.<br />

9. Press control panel 1 to the base 2 until it audibly snaps in.<br />

10.Use a screw driver to turn both locks 6 to position “secured”,<br />

see Fig. B.<br />

11. Attach the patch cords to the connectors 9 according to Fig.<br />

G.<br />

00 8814 00, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 127<br />

1<br />

1 Control panel (with electronics)<br />

2 Base (with connection field)<br />

3 Keypad<br />

4 Display<br />

5 Fixing clip<br />

6 Lock<br />

7 Flat cable<br />

8 Connection field<br />

9 Connectors<br />

6 open =<br />

6 secured =<br />

9<br />

7<br />

4<br />

9<br />

9<br />

1<br />

3<br />

5<br />

7<br />

8<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Slide switch:<br />

= CONCENTO PLUS (factory setting)<br />

= Concento<br />

JP1<br />

5<br />

6<br />

JP1:<br />

= OFF<br />

= ON<br />

In operation jumper JP1 must<br />

always be set to ON position.<br />

1


Management Interface, Order no. 19 0700 00<br />

Connections to connection field (connection to the group bus)<br />

JP3:<br />

= ON: Management<br />

Interface is first or last<br />

bus user<br />

(= bus termination)<br />

= OFF: Management<br />

Interface is neither first<br />

nor last bus user<br />

group bus (speech)<br />

GSD<br />

GSC<br />

GSB<br />

a/b connection to the analogue<br />

telephone network (alternative to the<br />

connection to the RJ11 socket, Fig. G).<br />

8<br />

BN<br />

WH(BN)<br />

GN<br />

GSA<br />

TB<br />

TA<br />

NO<br />

NC<br />

COM<br />

GB<br />

GA<br />

YE<br />

WH(YE)<br />

Connections to connection field (connection to a ward bus)<br />

JP3:<br />

= ON: Management<br />

Interface is first or last<br />

bus user<br />

(= bus termination)<br />

= OFF: Management<br />

Interface is neither first<br />

nor last bus user<br />

ward bus (speech)<br />

ISD<br />

ISC<br />

ISB<br />

BN<br />

WH(BN)<br />

GN<br />

a/b connection to the analogue telephone<br />

network (alternative to the connection to the<br />

RJ11 socket, Fig. G).<br />

8<br />

JP3 JP2<br />

00 8814 00, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 2<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 128<br />

WH(GN)<br />

WH(GN) ISA<br />

TB<br />

TA<br />

NO<br />

NC<br />

COM<br />

WH(YE)<br />

GND<br />

GND<br />

BN<br />

BN<br />

+24 V<br />

+24 V<br />

BU<br />

BU<br />

power supply<br />

group bus (data)<br />

potential free fault message output<br />

IA<br />

IB<br />

Attaching the patch cords to the Management Interface<br />

9<br />

JP3 JP2<br />

YE<br />

GND<br />

GND<br />

BU<br />

BU<br />

+24 V<br />

+24 V<br />

BN<br />

BN<br />

JP2:<br />

= ON<br />

JP2 must always be set to<br />

ON position.<br />

power supply<br />

ward bus (data)<br />

Potential free fault message output<br />

JP2:<br />

= ON<br />

JP2 must always be set to<br />

ON position<br />

not connected<br />

RJ11 socket: a/b connection to the analogue telephone network.<br />

Sub D socket, 9 pole (RS232): ConLog PLUS or ConLog II software,<br />

max. 10 m cable length<br />

Sub D plug, 9 pole (RS232): ESPA 4.4.4 for paging system or DECT,<br />

max. 10 m cable length<br />

not connected<br />

RJ45 socket: network connection for service access by FTP for <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong> (password protected)<br />

Reset button: use e.g. after having set the IP address, see Fig. O<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Management Interface, Order no. 19 0700 00<br />

Standby display<br />

Time / Date: (adjustable in the Management Interface,<br />

“Time / Date” menu).<br />

Timezone: Active timezone according to ConLog setting<br />

Timezone Mode: According to ConLog setting.<br />

Active Messages: Number of calls, presences and faults.<br />

ID: Factory setting (can be changed in the<br />

Management Interface, “Device Settings”<br />

menu).<br />

-> ??? : Management Interface did not yet receive<br />

any settings from ConLog.<br />

Add: Address/room number of the Management<br />

Interface (ConLog setting).<br />

LGR: Logical group of the Management Interface<br />

(ConLog setting).<br />

PGR: Physical group of the Management Interface<br />

(ConLog setting).<br />

IP / Subnet: IP address for <strong>Tunstall</strong> service access via<br />

FTP<br />

(set up in the Management Interface,<br />

“Device Settings” menu).<br />

Symbols indicate the status of the bus line, the ConLog interface,<br />

the telephone module, and the paging module:<br />

green: OK! The module is set to “ON” in the<br />

Management Interface. There is no fault.<br />

red: Fault! The module is set to “ON” in the<br />

Management Interface. There is a fault!<br />

blue: The module is set to “OFF” in the<br />

Management Interface.<br />

Start programming<br />

Access level „User“ for the main settings.<br />

The user password is „0000“.<br />

Access level „Service“ for special settings.<br />

You will obtain the service password from <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>.<br />

1. In the stand by display press Enter.<br />

“Password“ is displayed.<br />

2. Enter the password, e.g. „0000“ for user access.<br />

3. Press Enter.<br />

The Main Menu is displayed, see Fig. I.<br />

Save changes and complete programming<br />

The changes described on the following pages must be be saved<br />

manually. There is no automatic saving. You have to save the<br />

changes as follows:<br />

1. To save the changes and to complete programming, press<br />

Clear in the main menu.<br />

The following message is displayed: “Save Changes? Press<br />

'Enter' to save. Press any key to cancel.”<br />

2. To save the changes, press Enter.<br />

Timeout for the service menu! If no key is pressed within 120<br />

seconds (adjustable), the menu will be closed automatically<br />

without saving the changes.<br />

Power-safe! If no key is pressed within 30 seconds (adjustable),<br />

the display backlight will be dimmed. After 5 minutes (adjustable)<br />

the display backlight will be switched off. To reactivate the back‐<br />

light press any key.<br />

00 8814 00, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 3<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 129<br />

Standby display at initial operation<br />

Sunday 00.00.0000 00:00<br />

Timezone: 1-Day<br />

Timezone Mode: automatic<br />

Active Messages: 1<br />

ID: 0010000001 - > ???<br />

Add: 9990<br />

LGR: 001<br />

PGR: 01<br />

IP: 255.255.255.0<br />

Subnet: 255.255.255.0<br />

Bus ConLog Tel. Paging<br />

Standby display in normal operation<br />

Wednesday 06.07.2011 21:37<br />

Timezone: 3-Night<br />

Timezone Mode: automatic<br />

Active Messages: 5<br />

ID: 0010000001<br />

Add: 9990<br />

LGR: 010<br />

PGR: 10<br />

IP: 172.20.053.3<br />

Subnet: 255.255.0.0<br />

Bus ConLog Tel. Paging<br />

Time / Date<br />

Paging Module<br />

ConLog Interface<br />

Telephone Module<br />

System Test<br />

Device Settings<br />

Menu Settings<br />

Info...<br />

Main Menu<br />

Bus ConLog Tel. Paging<br />

How to operate the Management Interface:<br />

= Scroll up the menu.<br />

= Scroll down the menu.<br />

= Select marked menu item.<br />

= To go back to the higher-level menu.<br />

If you press the button in the Main Menu,<br />

you will be asked to save your changes<br />

as well.


Management Interface, Order no. 19 0700 00<br />

Setting time and date<br />

1. Select “Time / Date” in the Main Menu.<br />

The “Time / Date” menu is displayed, see Fig. J.<br />

2. Select “Set Time”.<br />

The digit to be entered is flashing.<br />

3. Enter the current time.<br />

4. Select “Set Date”.<br />

The digit to be entered is flashing.<br />

5. Enter the current date using the format yyyy.mm.dd.<br />

6. To close the “Time / Date” menu, press Clear.<br />

Note! The time set here will be overwritten by the ConLog<br />

software.<br />

Note! The “Auto. daylight saving conversion” feature is currently<br />

not used. However, the daylight saving conversion is<br />

automatically performed by the ConLog software.<br />

Settings only with the service password<br />

If the Management Interface is connected to the ward bus, the<br />

menu item “Send time to System” must be changed from factory<br />

setting “Yes” to “No”.<br />

Paging module settings<br />

1. Select “Paging Module” in the Main Menu.<br />

The “Paging Module” menu is displayed, see Fig. K.<br />

2. Select „Paging Module ON/OFF“.<br />

The submenu “Paging Module ON/OFF” is displayed.<br />

3. Select “ON”, if a paging or a DECT system is connected.<br />

Select “OFF”, if no paging and no DECT system is connected.<br />

Sending a test message to a Pager or a DECT telephone<br />

1. Select “Test Message”.<br />

“Pager address” is displayed.<br />

2. Enter the pager address for the test message.<br />

3. Press Enter.<br />

The Test message “Testmessage“ is sent.<br />

4. To close the “Paging Module” menu, press Clear.<br />

Settings only with the service password<br />

If required the following factory settings can be changed: Baud<br />

Rate* (1200), Data Bits* (7), Stop Bits* (2), Parity* (Even),<br />

Timeout (500 ms), Retransmission* (9 min), Transmission At‐<br />

tempts (3), Polling Cycle (5 sec), Alias / Room No (Alias).<br />

* = The settings marked with a * will be overwritten by ConLog<br />

settings (“Project Configuration” menu).<br />

ConLog Interface<br />

If the Management Interface is connected to the group bus, the<br />

menu item “ConLog connection” must stay set to the factory set‐<br />

ting “Yes”.<br />

If the Management Interface is connected to the ward bus, the<br />

menu item “ConLog connection” must be changed from factory<br />

setting “Yes” to “No”:<br />

1. Select “ConLog Interface” in the Main Menu.<br />

The “ConLog Interface” menu is displayed, see Fig. L.<br />

2. Select “ConLog Connection”.<br />

The submenu “ConLog connection” is displayed.<br />

3. Select “OFF”.<br />

4. To close the “ConLog Interface” menu, press Clear.<br />

Note! For the standard baud rate (9600) the sync cycle must be<br />

changed to 3 sec in the Conlog II software. Higher baud rates<br />

can be used after consulting <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>.<br />

Set Time<br />

Set Date<br />

00 8814 00, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 4<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 130<br />

Time / Date<br />

Auto. daylight saving conversion<br />

15:23<br />

2011.07.31<br />

OFF<br />

Bus ConLog Tel. Paging<br />

Paging Module<br />

Paging Module ON/OFF<br />

Test Message<br />

ON<br />

Bus ConLog Tel. Paging<br />

ConLog Interface<br />

ConLog Connection<br />

ON<br />

Bus ConLog Tel. Paging<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de<br />

Management Interface, Order no. 19 0700 00<br />

Telephone module settings<br />

1. Select “Telephone module” in the Main Menu.<br />

The “Telephone Module” menu is displayed, see Fig. M.<br />

2. Select “Telephone Module ON/OFF”.<br />

The submenu “Telephone module ON/OFF” is displayed.<br />

3. Select “ON”, if a telephone system is connected.<br />

Select “OFF”, if no telephone system is connected.<br />

Test telephone call<br />

1. In the “Telephone Module“ menu select “Test Call”.<br />

“Tel. No.:” is displayed.<br />

2. Enter the telephone number to be dialled.<br />

3. Press Enter.<br />

The telephone is called. Then a speech message is<br />

transmitted, which should be followed.<br />

4. To close the “Telephone Module” menu, press Clear.<br />

Settings only with the service password<br />

If the Management Interface is connected to the ward bus, the<br />

menu item “Group Bus / Ward bus” must be changed from fact‐<br />

ory setting “Group Bus” to “Ward Bus”.<br />

If required the following factory settings can be changed:<br />

- Volume Settings: Volume Speech Phrases, Gain Modem<br />

Speaker, Gain Modem Mic<br />

- Speech Phrases (ON)<br />

- Call Delays: Call Delay Telephone* (0 min), Call Delay DECT<br />

(0 min), Call Delay Common (5 sec)<br />

- No. of Call Repeats* (3)<br />

- Delay Between Calls (10 sec)<br />

- Max. Talk Time* (2 min)<br />

- On Hook Timeout (60 sec)<br />

- Line Busy Timeout (30 sec)<br />

- No. of Call Repeats on Busy (3)<br />

- Speech Format (Room 1-2-3-4)<br />

- CPC Protocol (PNC)<br />

* = The settings marked with a * will be overwritten by ConLog<br />

settings (“Project Configuration” menu).<br />

System Test<br />

Select „System Test“ in the Main Menu.<br />

The “System Test” menu is displayed, see Fig. N.<br />

Sending a test message to a pager or a DECT telephone<br />

1. Select “Test Paging (ESPA 4.4.4)”.<br />

“Pager Address:” is displayed.<br />

2. Enter the pager address for the test message.<br />

3. Press Enter.<br />

The Test message “Testmessage“ is sent.<br />

Test telephone call<br />

1. Select “Test Telephone Call”.<br />

“Tel. No.:” is displayed.<br />

2. Enter the telephone number to be dialled.<br />

3. Press Enter.<br />

The telephone is called. Then a speech message is<br />

transmitted, which should be followed.<br />

Trigger a test message at the fault output<br />

1. Select “Test Fault Relay”.<br />

The fault relay is switched. “Relay Test” is displayed.<br />

2. To finish the test press Enter.<br />

00 8814 00, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 5<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 131<br />

Telephone Module<br />

Telephone Module ON/OFF<br />

Test Call<br />

OFF<br />

Bus ConLog Tel. Paging<br />

System Test<br />

Test Paging (ESPA 4.4.4)<br />

Test Telephone Call<br />

Test Fault Relay<br />

Bus ConLog Tel. Paging


Management Interface, Order no. 19 0700 00<br />

Device Settings<br />

1. Select “Device Settings” in the Main Menu.<br />

The “Device Settings” menu is displayed, see Fig. O.<br />

Selecting menu language for Management Interface<br />

1. Select “Language”.<br />

The submenu “Language” is displayed.<br />

2. Select the desired language.<br />

Selecting holiday calendar for the connected devices<br />

1. Select 'Holiday Calendar'..<br />

The submenu “Holiday Calendar” is displayed.<br />

2. Select the needed holiday calendar.<br />

Settings only with the service password<br />

If the Management Interface is connected to the ward bus, the<br />

10-digit device ID must be changed from factory setting “001...”<br />

to “000...”. For the group bus the factory setting “001...” must<br />

stay.<br />

If required the following settings can be made:<br />

- IP Configuration: IP Address + Netmask for service access<br />

via FTP. After setting the IP address, you have to reset the<br />

Management Interface, see Fig. G.<br />

- Backup Configuration: Save the current settings on the<br />

storage card in the Management Interface.<br />

- Restore Configuration: Restore the settings, that have been<br />

saved on the storage card.<br />

Menu Settings<br />

1. Select “Menu Settings” in the Main Menu.<br />

The “Menu Settings” menu is displayed, see Fig. P.<br />

1. Select “Backlight / Powersafe”.<br />

The submenu “Backlight / Powersafe” is displayed.<br />

Display dimming time<br />

1. Select “dim (sec)”.<br />

The current value (factory setting: 30 sec) is flashing.<br />

2. Enter the needed time (value between 10 and 240 seconds).<br />

Display brightness<br />

1. Select “Brightness”.<br />

The current value (factory setting: 1) is flashing.<br />

2. Enter the needed brightness (value between 0 and 3).<br />

Display switchoff time<br />

1. Select “Backlight Off (min)”<br />

The current value (factory setting: 5 min) is flashing.<br />

2. Enter the needed time (value between 0 and 9).<br />

Settings only with the service password<br />

If required the timeout for the service menu (factory setting:<br />

120 sec) can be changed.<br />

Further settings only with the service password<br />

System Settings<br />

- <strong>Manual</strong> Coupling On/Off<br />

- Temp. Time Zone Setting<br />

Factory Settings<br />

- Cancel<br />

- Reset to Factory Settings<br />

- Quit Application (use ONLY in consultation with <strong>Tunstall</strong><br />

<strong>GmbH</strong>)<br />

00 8814 00, 10/12 (Rev. 4.0) 6<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 132<br />

Language<br />

Holiday Calendar<br />

Device Settings<br />

English<br />

None<br />

Bus ConLog Tel. Paging<br />

Menu Settings<br />

Backlight / Powersafe<br />

Bus ConLog Tel. Paging<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, D-48291 Telgte, www.tunstall.de


12. Product leaflets<br />

12.6 Power supply units<br />

77 3400 00 Power supply unit UPS<br />

77 3401 00 Power supply unit<br />

77 3400 10 Power supply unit UPS 60<br />

77 3450 00 Battery set for UPS 60<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 133<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14


Power supply unit UPS, Order No. 77 3400 00<br />

The power supply unit UPS serves as a conventional power supply unit with integrated uninterrupted<br />

power supply module (UPS) in a common housing. Input voltage of 115 - 230 V AC is transformed into<br />

24 V DC, and the UPS feature ensures the supply of a connected DC user also in case of a mains<br />

power failure.<br />

When in the normal operating mode, i.e. mains power supply, the electronic module monitors the<br />

output voltage. Starting at a load current level of approx. 12.5 A DC, the output voltage is reduced<br />

while keeping a constant current load.<br />

This is a self-correcting output voltage feature, as the output voltage will be reactivated. Further to this,<br />

the output voltage is protected by a 15 A flat fuse "F2".<br />

If the mains input voltage fails or when it drops to less than 90 VAC, the two lead batteries in the unit<br />

will continue to supply the connected user without any interruption.<br />

To protect the batteries from going flat, circuit breakers will open when during the UPS mode the<br />

output voltage drops below to 19.5 V. When the mains supply voltage is active again, the system<br />

reverts to its normal operating mode.<br />

Roughly every 15 minutes, an integrated test circuitry performs a voltage check at the battery<br />

terminals, the connections and at the circuit breakers. Upon the return of the mains supply current, the<br />

battery is isolated from the outputs, and the internal charging module recharges the battery.<br />

Safety instructions<br />

1. Mounting<br />

• Non-compliance with the safety instruction or improper handling of the unit (e.g. skin<br />

contact with live components when the unit is open) can be extremely dangerous.<br />

• The power supply unit UPS should only be installed and operated by qualified<br />

specialists.<br />

• Before effecting any work at or with the unit, it must be isolated from any voltage<br />

(mains or battery).<br />

• Connection to the mains supply must be executed acc. to the valid national<br />

regulations (for Germany: VDE 0100 and VDE 0160).<br />

• Fuse or circuit breaker must be provided for safe isolation from the input (mains)<br />

current.<br />

• Overheating of the unit may occur when the values as shown in the technical data<br />

are exceeded. This may lead to permanent damage to the unit, and system safety is<br />

jeopardised.<br />

• Always watch for the safe isolation of AC and DC circuits!<br />

• Observe the general safety instructions for the handling of batteries! Sufficient<br />

ventilation must be provided to preclude the development of an explosive hydrogenair<br />

mixture!<br />

• If the power supply unit UPS will not be used for a longer time, first the batteries<br />

have to be fully charged. After that the power supply unit UPS has to be<br />

disconnected from mains supply and the battery fuse (under the left cover) has to be<br />

removed.<br />

The power supply unit UPS is designed for wall mounting. Bore holes are prepared at the housing for<br />

fixing the unit at the wall using the enclosed mounting material. A dimensional drawing is shown on<br />

the next page.<br />

Before mounting, check the condition of the wall itself.<br />

The power supply unit UPS weighs approx. 9 kg.<br />

The unit must be mounted such that the venting ports are at the top and bottom.<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 41, Rev. 3.1 (05/2008) English - 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 134


Power supply unit UPS, Order No. 77 3400 00<br />

The selected location must ensure sufficient air circulation above and below the unit. Therefore, check<br />

for minimum distance of 50 mm to walls, ceiling and other equipment. The venting ports must not be<br />

covered up. Insufficient air circulation may lead to damage to the power supply unit.<br />

Dimensional drawing:<br />

2. Connection<br />

The internal connection terminals are provided as screw/plug-in clamps.<br />

2.1 Mains connection<br />

You have to ensure, that the mains cable is disconnected from the AC supply voltage during the<br />

following procedure:<br />

1. Release 4 screws for the left cover and remove the cover to the front.<br />

Now, the terminal connection clamps are accessible.<br />

2. Direct the mains cable through the cable duct into the housing and connect to the appropriate<br />

terminal posts as designated in the unit.<br />

NOTE: To simplify this process, you may pull the input connector, connect the wires as shown and<br />

replace the plug in its socket.<br />

CAUTION ! Check for the correct and positive connection of the protective conductor.<br />

3. Secure the connecting cable against being pulled from the housing for example by fixing the<br />

installation cable with cable clamps.<br />

2.2 Output terminal clamps 24 V DC / 12.5 A<br />

The output voltage is generated via a primary pulse controller. This controller provides the output<br />

voltage of 24 V DC with 12.5 A current (for continuous operation considering all tolerance criteria).<br />

When in the normal operating mode, i.e. mains power supply, the electronic module monitors the<br />

output voltage. When the load current exceeds approx. 12.5 A, the output current is shut off (hicc-up<br />

mode) until the overload at the output terminal connections has been reduced.<br />

This is a self-correcting output voltage feature, as the output voltage will be reactivated. Further to this,<br />

the output voltage is protected by a 15 A flat fuse "F2".<br />

• The load shall be connected to the terminal clamps "+24V" and "0V" (provided 2 x).<br />

2.3 Control terminal clamps x + y<br />

The control terminal clamps "x" and "y" are used to prepare the unit for the uninterrupted power supply<br />

(UPS mode).<br />

English - 2 © <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 41, Rev. 3.1 (05/2008)<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 135


Power supply unit UPS, Order No. 77 3400 00<br />

2.3.1 Preparing the UPS function by placing a bridge contact between "x" and "y"<br />

• Connect the control terminal clamps "x" and "y" using the enclosed bridging contact or via a<br />

potential-free 'make contact'. The current for the bridging contact is approx. 1 mA..<br />

2.3.2 LED and indicator outputs 1 - 5<br />

The five indicator outputs 1 – 5 at the 7-pole terminal block indicate the status of the unit via potentialfree<br />

solenoid contacts. The current load for these contacts is up to 125 V / 1.5 A / 60 VA.<br />

2.3.2.1 Green LED "Power" (mains supply mode and bridging contact between "x" and "y"<br />

closed)<br />

Only green LED "Power“ is on.<br />

Contacts 3 – 1 & 3 - 5 are closed.<br />

2.3.2.2 Amber LED "Battery active"<br />

Only amber LED "Battery active“ is on.<br />

Contacts 3 – 1 & 3 – 4 are closed.<br />

2.3.2.3 Red LED "Battery low"<br />

During mains failure<br />

Only amber LED "Battery active“ is on.<br />

Contacts 3 – 1 & 3 – 4 are closed.<br />

Amber LED "Battery active“ and red LED "Battery<br />

low“ are on.<br />

Contacts 3 – 2 & 3 – 4 are closed.<br />

All LEDs are off.<br />

Contacts 3 – 2 & 3 – 5 are closed.<br />

24 V voltage is available at the terminal clamp.<br />

Battery mode<br />

(when bridging contact between "x" and "y" is<br />

closed)<br />

The 24 V voltage at the terminal clamp is from the<br />

battery.<br />

The voltage at the terminal clamps depends on<br />

the relevant battery charge state.<br />

When the output voltage has dropped to<br />

approx. 19.5 V, the power supply unit will shut off<br />

(protection against totally flat battery)<br />

After the input voltage (115 - 230 Volt) has been reactivated again, the output clamps will be supplied<br />

with 24 V DC, and the batteries will be recharged automatically.<br />

2.3.2.4 Red LED "Output Failure Fuse F2" defective<br />

Green LED "Power“ and red LED "Output Failure<br />

Fuse F2" are on<br />

2.3.4 Battery test<br />

Green LED "Power“ is on and red LED "Battery<br />

low“ illuminates for 30 seconds every 15 minutes.<br />

Contact 3 – 2 is closed for 30 seconds every 15<br />

minutes.<br />

Output fuse F2 was removed or it is defective. No<br />

output voltage at the power supply terminal<br />

clamps.<br />

Battery capacity not sufficient for safe UPS<br />

operation.<br />

Batteries are automatically checked every 15<br />

minutes. If a battery fault is detected during this<br />

test, the indicating contact and the LED "Battery<br />

low" are activated for the approx. 30 sec. test<br />

period.<br />

The unit features an automatic battery load test. For this, the internal batteries' status is checked at<br />

regular intervals (approx. 15 minutes).<br />

This takes place by voltage measuring while simultaneously demanding a defined load current for a<br />

period of approx. 30 sec.<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 41, Rev. 3.1 (05/2008) English - 3<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 136


Power supply unit UPS, Order No. 77 3400 00<br />

If during this test the battery voltage should drop below approx. 21.5 V, the indicating contact (3 – 2 –<br />

1) "Battery low" is reversed and this shows that the battery capacity will not sustain a UPS operating<br />

mode.<br />

This warning will be indicated for the said test period of approx. 30 sec. or until the battery voltage has<br />

been increased to approx. 23 V . This may also take place when the battery voltage rises during a<br />

recharging process after previous discharging, e.g. in the course of UPS operation.<br />

This warning message is reset after the test phase and will be reactivated again during the next<br />

battery load test. This is the reason for the cyclic indication of the battery fault as described above.<br />

The battery load test is an effective instrument for checking the true battery state. A negative result,<br />

i.e. a warning message is issued, may be caused by one or more of the following :<br />

• Charge status too low.<br />

• Battery fuse has failed.<br />

• Battery not correctly connected.<br />

• Battery is defective.<br />

• Battery is too old, and must be replaced.<br />

3. Commissioning<br />

1. Insert the battery fuse between the batteries in the fuse holder (protection against total discharge<br />

during storage).<br />

2. Connect input and output terminal connections (refer to items 2.1 and 2.2).<br />

3. Switch on the input voltage (115 – 230 Volt).<br />

From now on, the connected nurse call system devices are supplied with 24 V DC.<br />

4. The green LED "Power" is on due to the voltage at the terminal clamps.<br />

If the red LED "Battery low“ is on, the UPS function is not yet active<br />

(Place the bridging contact x – y).<br />

5. Now the power supply unit UPS is fully operational.<br />

4. Shutting the power supply UPS off<br />

1. Shut off the input voltage (115 – 230 Volt).<br />

2. Remove the UPS function acc. to item 2.3.1 (Remove the bridging contact), otherwise the load for<br />

the user circuits will be supplied through the battery until the total discharge circuit disconnects the<br />

battery.<br />

5. Service<br />

To ensure the safe function of the system, batteries should be replaced every 3 years - depending on<br />

the ambient temperature (Refer to diagram 1, Item 6). After 3 – 5 years, the battery capacity has<br />

dropped to approx. 60%.<br />

6. Battery service life<br />

The power supply unit UPS comes with sealed, service-free and rechargeable led-gel batteries VRLA.<br />

According to the EUROBAT classification, these batteries have a useful service life of 5 – 7 years.<br />

This time, however, strongly depends on the relevant ambient temperature. (Up to 20 °C: 7 – 8 years<br />

as shown in diagram 1)<br />

English - 4 © <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 41, Rev. 3.1 (05/2008)<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 137


Power supply unit UPS, Order No. 77 3400 00<br />

If the system will not be used for an extended period of time, the batteries should be fully charged to<br />

prevent a total discharge. (Refer to item 7 "Storage") After the charging process has been completed<br />

the power supply unit has to be disconnected from the mains supply and the battery fuse (under the<br />

left cover) has to be removed.<br />

Battery service life (years)<br />

Temperature<br />

Diagram 1: Battery service life in relation to ambient temperature<br />

6.1 Battery change<br />

Pb<br />

Lead batteries contain harmful toxic substances. Observe general and local safety<br />

directives when during handling and transport. For disposal, comply with local directives.<br />

Batteries bear the risk of excessive short-circuit currents. Never create any direct contact<br />

between the battery posts and or other conductive component parts. Therefore remove any<br />

wristband, watch, finger rings or other metal objects when working at the open power supply<br />

unit. Always use tools with standard isolating handles.<br />

Batteries may be replaced only by the same type of battery (2 x 12 V; 7 Ah). We recommend the use<br />

of the battery type BAT 24-7, <strong>Tunstall</strong> Order No. 00 0648 85. The use of other makes may create<br />

problems due to different connecting terminals or differing dimensions.<br />

1. Shut off mains supply to the power supply unit UPS !!!<br />

2. Release the 4 fastening screws for the left cover and remove the cover to the front.<br />

3. Confirm the position of the old battery and after its removal, install the new battery in the<br />

same manner.<br />

4. Make sure, the new battery is in the same position and check for the correct battery<br />

contacts. False connections may damage the power supply UPS !<br />

5. Check for the correct seating of the plastic cover for the batteries.<br />

6. Fix the battery position by securing it with the Velcro tape.<br />

7. Replace and close the housing.<br />

8. Perform a functional check of the power supply UPS!<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 41, Rev. 3.1 (05/2008) English - 5<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 138


Power supply unit UPS, Order No. 77 3400 00<br />

7. Storage<br />

If the power supply unit UPS will not be used for an extended period of time, the batteries must first<br />

be fully recharged to preclude battery damage due to total discharging. (Refer to item 6 Battery<br />

service life).<br />

For the charging process, the power supply unit UPS shall be connected to the mains supply for at<br />

least 4 hours, and the UPS function shall be activated by placing the bridging contact between "x“ and<br />

"y“. After the charging process has been completed the power supply unit has to be disconnected from<br />

the mains supply and the battery fuse (under the left cover) has to be removed.<br />

•<br />

8. Spare parts<br />

Spare part Order No.<br />

Rechargeable lead-gel battery, Type BAT 24-7 (2 ea. required) incl.<br />

plastic cover<br />

00 0648 85<br />

Battery fuse, internal 20 A FKS 00 0132 03<br />

Mains fuse, front plate (5 x 20) T 5.0 A 00 0130 41<br />

Output fuse, bottom 15 A FKS 00 0132 02<br />

Clamp for mains connection, 3-pole 00 0211 40<br />

Clamp for 24 V connection, 4-pole 00 0211 41<br />

Clamp for control and indicator outputs, 7-pole 00 0211 39<br />

Bridging contact EB 2 – 5 for control clamps "x“ and "y“ 00 0223 56<br />

English - 6 © <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 41, Rev. 3.1 (05/2008)<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 139


9. <strong>Technical</strong> data<br />

Power supply unit UPS, Order No. 77 3400 00<br />

Power supply unit UPS<br />

Input<br />

Order No. 77 3400 00<br />

Nominal input voltage 115 – 230 V AC<br />

Input voltage range 90 – 264 V AC<br />

Input frequency 47 – 63 Hz<br />

Input current 4 A at 115 V AC / 2 A at 230 V AC<br />

Start-up current surge 22 A at 115 V AC / 44 A at 230 V AC, typical<br />

Power factor 0.95 at 230 V AC / 0.98 at 115 V AC for full load<br />

Efficiency<br />

Output<br />

88%, typical<br />

Nominal output current 12.5 A DC<br />

Output voltage 24 V DC +/- 2%<br />

Output voltage in battery mode 26,5 – 19,5 V DC, typical<br />

Calculated output power 288 W<br />

Rippling of nominal output current < 100 mVeff<br />

Battery capacity 7 Ah<br />

Charge current 700 mA, typical<br />

Bridging time at nominal current approx. 17 min.<br />

Overload protection < 14 A<br />

Overvoltage protection, power supply unit 26.7 – 32.4 V DC<br />

Overtemperature protection<br />

Battery voltage thresholds<br />

75 °C +/- 5°C (power diode)<br />

output voltage switched off, automatic re-engaging<br />

Switching threshold for UPS mode Ua < 22.5 V, typical<br />

Switching threshold for warning before battery<br />

shut-down<br />

21.5 V, typical<br />

Switching threshold for total discharge<br />

protection<br />

19.5 V, typical<br />

EMC CE-certified EN 55022 Class B; ENV 50204<br />

EN 61000-3-2, -3; EN 61000-4-2, -3, -4, -5, -6, -8, -11<br />

Safety EN 60950<br />

Output Safety low voltage, SELV<br />

Test voltage PRI – SEC 3 kV<br />

Protection class I<br />

Protection (safety)<br />

Safety devices<br />

IP 20<br />

Battery fuse, internal 20 A FKS<br />

Charging fuse, internal (5 x 20) T 4.0 A<br />

Mains fusing, front plate (5 x 20) T 5.0 A<br />

Output fusing, bottom of unit<br />

General<br />

15 A FKS<br />

Cooling convection, free air flow<br />

Permissible ambient temperature 0 ... +50 °C<br />

Storage temperature -25 ... + 60 °C<br />

MTBF 100,000 hours (no for batteries)<br />

Weight approx. 9 kg<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD) 244 x 325 x 178 mm<br />

Mounting Wall mounting<br />

Connecting clamps Screw / plug-in connections<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 41, Rev. 3.1 (05/2008) English - 7<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 140


Power supply unit, Order No. 77 3401 00<br />

The power supply unit generates a 24 V DC output voltage using 115 - 230 V AC mains supply<br />

voltage. An integrated monitoring circuitry limits the output current to 12.5 A DC nearly. Two LEDs on<br />

the front face indicate the status at the output clamps.<br />

Safety instructions<br />

1. Mounting<br />

• Non-compliance with the safety instruction or improper handling of the unit (e.g. skin<br />

contact with live components when the unit is open) can be extremely dangerous.<br />

• The power supply unit should only be installed and operated by qualified specialists.<br />

• Connection to the mains supply must be executed acc. to the valid national<br />

regulations (for Germany: VDE 0100 and VDE 0160).<br />

• Fuse or circuit breaker must be provided for safe isolation from the input (mains)<br />

current.<br />

• Before effecting any work at or with the unit, it must be isolated from any voltage<br />

(mains or battery).<br />

• Overheating of the unit may occur when the values as shown in the technical data<br />

are exceeded. This may lead to permanent damage to the unit, and system safety is<br />

jeopardised.<br />

• Always watch for the safe isolation of AC and DC circuits!<br />

The power supply unit is designed for wall mounting. Bore holes are prepared at the housing for fixing<br />

the unit at the wall using the enclosed mounting material.<br />

Before mounting, check the condition of the wall itself. (Weight: approx. 2 kg)<br />

The unit must be mounted such that the venting ports are at the top and bottom. The selected location<br />

must ensure sufficient air circulation above and below the unit. Therefore, check for minimum distance<br />

of 50 mm to walls, ceiling and other equipment. The venting ports must not be covered up. Insufficient<br />

air circulation may lead to damage to the power supply unit.<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 42, Rev. 3.1 (05/2008) English - 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 141


Power supply unit, Order No. 77 3401 00<br />

2. Connection<br />

The internal connection terminals are provided as screw/plug-in clamps.<br />

2.1 Mains connection<br />

You have to ensure, that the mains cable is disconnected from the AC supply voltage during the<br />

following procedure:<br />

1. Release 4 screws of the left cover and remove the cover to the front.<br />

Now, the terminal connection clamps are accessible.<br />

2. Direct the mains cable through the cable duct into the housing and connect to the appropriate<br />

terminal posts as designated in the unit.<br />

NOTE: To simplify this process, you may pull the input connector, connect the wires as shown and<br />

replace the plug in its socket.<br />

CAUTION ! Check for the correct and positive connection of the protective conductor.<br />

3. Secure the connecting cable against being pulled from the housing for example by fixing the<br />

installation cable with cable clamps.<br />

2.2 Output terminal clamps 24 V DC / 12.5 A<br />

The output voltage is generated via a primary pulse controller. This controller provides the output<br />

voltage of 24 V DC with 12.5 A current (for continuous operation considering all tolerance criteria).<br />

When in the normal operating mode, i.e. mains power supply, the electronic module monitors the<br />

output voltage. Starting at a load current level of more than approx. 12.5 A DC, the output voltage is<br />

reduced while keeping a constant current load.<br />

This is a self-correcting output voltage feature, as the output voltage will be reactivated, if the overload<br />

current drops below its trigger value of approx. 12.5 A. Further to this, the output voltage is protected<br />

by a 15 A flat fuse "F2".<br />

• The load shall be connected to the terminal clamps "+24V" and "0V" (provided 2 x).<br />

2.3 LEDs at the front face<br />

2.3.1 Green LED "Power"<br />

Green LED "Power“ is on. 24 V voltage is available at the terminal clamps.<br />

2.3.2 Red LED "Output Failure Fuse F2"<br />

Red LED "Output Failure Fuse F2" and green<br />

LED “+24 V Power” are on.<br />

2.4 Indicator clamps (3, 4, 5)<br />

Output fuse failed or was removed. No voltage is<br />

available at the output clamps.<br />

The clamps 3, 4 and 5 are potential-free switching contacts for indicating the current operating state:<br />

Contact 3 – 4 closed.<br />

Green LED "Power“ is off.<br />

Contact 3 – 5 closed.<br />

Green LED "Power“ is on.<br />

No mains supply. No voltage available at the<br />

output clamps.<br />

24 V voltage is available at the terminal clamps.<br />

The indication "No mains power" may have several causes, e.g.:<br />

• No input voltage at the power supply unit.<br />

• When the load current exceeds approx. 12.5 A, the output current is reduced until the overload<br />

situation at the output clamps has been corrected.<br />

• Output fuse was removed or damaged. (Red LED "Output Failure Fuse F2“ is on)<br />

• "Mains Fuse F1“ missing or defective.<br />

English - 2 © <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 42, Rev. 3.1 (05/2008)<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 142


3. Commissioning<br />

Power supply unit, Order No. 77 3401 00<br />

1. Connect input and output terminal connections. (Refer to items 2.1 and 2.2)<br />

2. Switch on the input voltage.<br />

From now on, the connected nurse call system devices are supplied with 24 V DC.<br />

The green LED "Power" is on due to the voltage at the terminal clamps.<br />

4. Spare parts<br />

Spare part Order No.<br />

Mains Fuse F1 (5 x 20) T 5,0 A 00 0130 41<br />

Output fuse F2 FKS 15 A 00 0132 02<br />

Clamp for input voltage, 3-pole 00 0211 40<br />

Clamp for 0 V and +24 V, 4-pole 00 0211 41<br />

Indicator clamp, 7-pole 00 0211 39<br />

5. <strong>Technical</strong> data<br />

Power supply unit<br />

Input<br />

Order No. 77 3401 00<br />

Nominal input voltage 115 – 230 V AC<br />

Input voltage range 90 – 264 V AC<br />

Input frequency 47 – 63 Hz<br />

Input current 4 A at 115 V AC / 2 A at 230 V AC<br />

Start-up current surge 22 A at 115 V AC / 44 A at 230 V AC, typical<br />

Power factor 0.95 at 230 V AC / 0.98 at 115 V AC under full load<br />

Efficiency<br />

Output<br />

88%, typical<br />

Nominal output current 12,5 A DC<br />

Output voltage 24 V DC +/- 2%<br />

Calculated output power 288 W<br />

Rippling of nominal output current < 100 mVeff<br />

Overload protection, power supply unit,<br />

internal<br />

< 14 A<br />

Overvoltage protection, power supply<br />

unit<br />

26.7 – 32.4 V DC, typical<br />

Overtemperature protection 75 °C +/- 5°C (power diode)<br />

output voltage switched off, automatic re-engaging<br />

EMC CE-certified EN 55022 Class B; ENV 50204<br />

EN 61000-3-2, -3; EN 61000-4-2, -3, -4, -5, -6, -8, -11<br />

Safety EN 60950<br />

Output Safety low voltage SELV<br />

Test voltage PRI – SEC 3 kV<br />

Protection class Class I<br />

Protection<br />

Safety devices<br />

IP 20<br />

Mains Fuse F1 (5 x 20) T 5.0 A<br />

Output fuse F2 FKS<br />

General<br />

15 A FKS<br />

Cooling Convection, free airflow<br />

Permissible ambient temperature 0 ... +50 °C<br />

Storage temperature -25 ... + 60 °C<br />

MTBF 100,000 hours<br />

Weight approx. 2 kg<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD) 244 x 325 x 178 mm<br />

Mounting Wall mounting<br />

Connecting clamps Screw / plug-in clamps<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 42, Rev. 3.1 (05/2008) English - 3<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 143


Power supply unit UPS 60, Order No. 77 3400 10<br />

The power supply unit UPS 60 is a power supply unit and includes the electronics that builds up an<br />

uninterrupted power supply (UPS) in combination with battery set for UPS 60 (order no. 77 3450 00).<br />

Input voltage of 115 - 230 V AC is transformed into 24 V DC output voltage. The UPS feature ensures<br />

the supply of the connected DC users also in case of a mains power failure.<br />

If the mains input voltage fails or when it drops to less than 90 VAC, the two connected lead batteries<br />

will continue to supply the users without any interruption.<br />

To protect the batteries from going flat, circuit breakers will open when during the UPS mode the<br />

output voltage drops below to 19.5 V. When the mains supply voltage is active again, the system<br />

reverts to its normal operating mode.<br />

Roughly every 15 minutes, an integrated test circuitry performs a voltage check at the battery<br />

terminals, the connections and at the circuit breakers. Upon the return of the mains supply current, the<br />

battery is isolated from the outputs, and the internal charging module recharges the battery.<br />

Safety instructions<br />

1. Mounting<br />

• Non-compliance with the safety instruction or improper handling of the unit (e.g. skin<br />

contact with live components when the unit is open) can be extremely dangerous.<br />

• The power supply unit UPS 60 should only be installed and commissioned by<br />

qualified specialists.<br />

• Before effecting any work at or with the unit, it must be isolated from any voltage<br />

(mains or battery).<br />

• Connection to the mains supply must be executed acc. to the valid national<br />

regulations (for Germany: VDE 0100 and VDE 0160).<br />

• Fuse or circuit breaker must be provided for safe isolation from the input (mains)<br />

current.<br />

• Overheating of the unit may occur when the values as shown in the technical data<br />

are exceeded. This may lead to permanent damage to the unit, and system safety is<br />

jeopardised.<br />

• Always watch for the safe isolation of AC and DC circuits!<br />

• Observe the general safety instructions for the handling of batteries! Sufficient<br />

ventilation must be provided to preclude the development of an explosive hydrogenair<br />

mixture!<br />

• If the power supply unit UPS 60 will not be used for a longer time, first the batteries<br />

have to be fully charged. After that the power supply unit UPS 60 has to be<br />

disconnected from the mains supply. Furthermore the battery connection cable must<br />

be disconnected from the battery set for UPS 60 (see chapter 2.1). Alternatively the<br />

battery fuse in the battery set for UPS 60 can be removed.<br />

The power supply unit UPS 60 is designed for wall mounting. Bore holes are prepared at the housing<br />

for fixing the unit at the wall using the enclosed mounting material. A dimensional drawing is shown on<br />

the next page.<br />

Before mounting, check the condition of the wall itself.<br />

The power supply unit UPS 60 weighs approx. 4 kg.<br />

The unit must be mounted such that the venting ports are at the top and bottom.<br />

The selected location must ensure sufficient air circulation above and below the unit. Therefore, check<br />

for minimum distance of 50 mm to walls, ceiling and other equipment. The venting ports must not be<br />

covered up. Insufficient air circulation may lead to damage to the power supply unit.<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 81, Rev. 2.1 (05/2008) English - 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 144


Power supply unit UPS 60, Order No. 77 3400 10<br />

Dimensional drawing:<br />

2. Connection<br />

The internal connection terminals are provided as screw/plug-in clamps and cage clamp/plug-in<br />

clamps.<br />

2.1 Mains and battery connection<br />

You have to ensure, that the mains cable is disconnected from the AC supply voltage during the<br />

following procedure:<br />

1. Release 4 screws for the left cover and remove the cover to the front.<br />

Now, the terminal connection clamps for the mains connection are accessible.<br />

2. Direct the mains connecting cable through the right cable duct into the housing and connect to the<br />

mains terminal posts (3 pole) as designated in the housing.<br />

CAUTION ! Check for the correct and positive<br />

connection of the protective conductor.<br />

3. Secure the mains connecting cable against being pulled from the housing for example by fixing<br />

the installation cable with the screwed cable gland.<br />

4. Direct the battery connecting cable through the left smaller cable duct into the housing and<br />

connect to the battery terminal posts (2 pole) as designated in the housing<br />

CAUTION ! Check for the correct connection,<br />

orientation and locking with srews.<br />

5. Secure the battery connecting cable against being pulled from the housing for example by fixing<br />

the installation cable with the screwed cable gland.<br />

2.2 Output terminal clamps 24 V DC / 12.5 A<br />

The output voltage is generated via a primary pulse controller. This controller provides the output<br />

voltage of 24 V DC with 12.5 A current (for continuous operation considering all tolerance criteria).<br />

When in mains operation, the electronic module monitors the output voltage. When the load current<br />

exceeds approx. 12.5 A, the output voltage is reduced with keeping a constant current depending on<br />

the value of resistance of the connected overload.<br />

Further to this, the output current is limited by a 15 A flat fuse "F2". After the cause for the overload<br />

has been eliminated the output voltage reverts to the must value 24 V. It is a self reverting output<br />

voltage.<br />

English - 2 © <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 81, Rev. 2.1 (05/2008)<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 145


Power supply unit UPS 60, Order No. 77 3400 10<br />

• The load shall be connected to the terminal clamps "+24V" and "0V" (provided 2 x).<br />

2.3 Control terminal clamps x + y<br />

The control terminal clamps "x" and "y" are used to prepare the unit for the uninterrupted power supply<br />

(UPS mode).<br />

2.3.1 Preparing the UPS function by placing a bridge contact between "x" and "y"<br />

• Connect the control terminal clamps "x" and "y" using the enclosed bridging contact or via a<br />

potential-free 'make contact'. The current for the bridging contact is approx. 1 mA..<br />

2.3.2 LED and indicator outputs 1 - 5<br />

The five indicator outputs 1 – 5 at the 7-pole terminal block indicate the status of the unit via potentialfree<br />

relay contacts. The current load for these contacts is up to 125 V / 1.5 A / 60 VA.<br />

2.3.2.1 Green LED "Power" (mains supply mode and bridging contact between "x" and "y"<br />

closed)<br />

Only green LED "Power“ is on.<br />

Contacts 3 – 1 & 3 - 5 are closed.<br />

2.3.2.2 Amber LED "Battery active"<br />

Only amber LED "Battery active“ is on.<br />

Contacts 3 – 1 & 3 – 4 are closed.<br />

2.3.2.3 Red LED "Battery low"<br />

During mains failure<br />

Only amber LED "Battery active“ is on.<br />

Contacts 3 – 1 & 3 – 4 are closed.<br />

Amber LED "Battery active“ and red LED "Battery<br />

low“ are on.<br />

Contacts 3 – 2 & 3 – 4 are closed.<br />

All LEDs are off.<br />

Contacts 3 – 2 & 3 – 5 are closed.<br />

24 V voltage is available at the terminal clamp.<br />

Battery mode<br />

(when bridging contact between "x" and "y" is<br />

closed)<br />

The 24 V voltage at the terminal clamp is from the<br />

battery.<br />

The voltage at the terminal clamps depends on<br />

the relevant battery charge state.<br />

When the output voltage has dropped to<br />

approx. 19.5 V, the power supply unit will shut off<br />

(protection against totally flat battery)<br />

After the input voltage (115 - 230 Volt) has been reactivated again, the output clamps will be supplied<br />

with 24 V DC, and the batteries will be recharged automatically.<br />

2.3.2.4 Red LED "Output Failure Fuse F2"<br />

Green LED "Power“ and red LED "Output Failure<br />

Fuse F2" are on<br />

2.3.4 Battery test<br />

Green LED "Power“ is on and red LED "Battery<br />

low“ illuminates for 30 seconds every 15 minutes.<br />

Contact 3 – 2 is closed for 30 seconds every 15<br />

minutes.<br />

Output fuse F2 was removed or it is defective. No<br />

output voltage at the power supply terminal<br />

clamps.<br />

Battery capacity not sufficient for safe UPS<br />

operation.<br />

Batteries are automatically checked every 15<br />

minutes. If a battery fault is detected during this<br />

test, the indicating contact and the LED "Battery<br />

low" are activated for the approx. 30 sec. test<br />

period.<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 81, Rev. 2.1 (05/2008) English - 3<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 146


Power supply unit UPS 60, Order No. 77 3400 10<br />

The unit features an automatic battery load test. For this, the connected batteries' status is checked at<br />

regular intervals (approx. 15 minutes).<br />

This takes place by voltage measuring while simultaneously demanding a defined load current for a<br />

period of approx. 30 sec.<br />

If during this test the battery voltage should drop below approx. 21.5 V, the indicating contact (3 – 2 –<br />

1) "Battery low" is reversed and this shows that the battery capacity will not sustain a UPS operating<br />

mode.<br />

This warning will be indicated for the said test period of approx. 30 sec. or until the battery voltage has<br />

been increased to approx. 23 V. This may also take place when the battery voltage rises during a<br />

recharging process after previous discharging, e.g. in the course of UPS operation.<br />

This warning message is reset after the test phase and will be reactivated again during the next<br />

battery load test. This is the reason for the cyclic indication of the battery fault as described above.<br />

The battery load test is an effective instrument for checking the true battery state. A negative result,<br />

i.e. a warning message is issued, may be caused by one or more of the following :<br />

• Charge status too low.<br />

• Battery fuse has failed.<br />

• Battery not correctly connected.<br />

• Battery is defective.<br />

• Battery is too old, and must be replaced.<br />

3. Commissioning<br />

1. Connect input, output and battery terminal connections (refer to items 2.1 and 2.2).<br />

2. Switch on the input voltage (115 – 230 Volt).<br />

From now on, the connected nurse call system devices are supplied with 24 V DC.<br />

3. The green LED "Power" is on due to the voltage at the terminal clamps.<br />

If the red LED "Battery low“ is on, the UPS function is not yet active<br />

(Place the bridging contact x – y).<br />

4. Now the power supply unit UPS is fully operational.<br />

4. Shutting the power supply UPS 60 off<br />

1. Shut off the input voltage (115 – 230 Volt).<br />

2. Remove the UPS function acc. to item 2.3.1 (Remove the bridging contact), otherwise the load for<br />

the user circuits will be supplied through the battery until the total discharge circuit disconnects the<br />

battery.<br />

5. Service<br />

To ensure the safe function of the system, batteries should be replaced every 3 years - depending on<br />

the ambient temperature (Refer to diagram 1, Item 6). After 3 – 5 years, the battery capacity has<br />

dropped to approx. 60%.<br />

6. Battery service life<br />

The batteries connected to the power supply unit UPS 60 are sealed, service-free and rechargeable<br />

lead-gel batteries VRLA. According to the EUROBAT classification, these batteries have a useful<br />

English - 4 © <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 81, Rev. 2.1 (05/2008)<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 147


Power supply unit UPS 60, Order No. 77 3400 10<br />

service life of 5 – 7 years. This time, however, strongly depends on the relevant ambient temperature.<br />

(Up to 20 °C: 7 – 8 years as shown in diagram 1)<br />

If the system will not be used for an extended period of time, the batteries should be fully charged to<br />

prevent a total discharge. (Refer to item 7 "Storage") While the system is not used, the battery fuse<br />

has to be removed to prevent total discharge.<br />

Battery service life (years)<br />

Temperature<br />

Diagram 1: Battery service life in relation to ambient temperature<br />

6.1 Battery change<br />

Pb<br />

Lead-gel batteries contain harmful toxic substances. Observe valid safety directives when<br />

during handling and transport. For disposal, comply with local directives.<br />

Batteries bear the risk of excessive short-circuit currents. Never create any direct contact<br />

between the battery posts and or other conductive component parts. Therefore remove any<br />

wristband, watch, finger rings or other metal objects when working at the open unit. Always<br />

use tools with standard isolating handles.<br />

Batteries may be replaced only by the same type of battery (2 x 12 V; 24 Ah). We recommend the use<br />

of two batteries type BAT 12-24, <strong>Tunstall</strong> Order No. 00 0648 87. The use of other makes may create<br />

problems due to different connecting terminals or differing dimensions.<br />

1. Shut off mains supply to the power supply unit UPS 60 !!!<br />

2. Refer to the information for the battery set for UPS 60, order no. 77 3450 00.<br />

3. Perform a functional check of the power supply UPS 60!<br />

7. Storage<br />

If the power supply unit UPS 60 will not be used for an extended period of time, the connected<br />

batteries must first be fully recharged to preclude battery damage due to total discharging. (Refer to<br />

item 6 Battery service life).<br />

• For the charging process, the power supply unit UPS 60 shall be connected to the mains supply<br />

for at least 4 hours, and the UPS function shall be activated by placing the bridging contact<br />

between "x“ and "y“.<br />

• While the power supply unit UPS 60 is not used, the power supply unit UPS 60 must be<br />

disconnected from the batteries of battery set for UPS 60 to prevent total discharge.<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 81, Rev. 2.1 (05/2008) English - 5<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 148


Power supply unit UPS 60, Order No. 77 3400 10<br />

8. Spare parts<br />

Spare part Order No.<br />

Mains fuse, front plate (5 x 20) T 5.0 A 00 0130 41<br />

Output fuse, bottom 15 A FKS 00 0132 02<br />

Clamp for mains connection, 3-pole 00 0211 40<br />

Clamp for 24 V connection, 4-pole 00 0211 41<br />

Clamp for control and indicator outputs, 7-pole 00 0211 39<br />

Clamp for battery connection, 2 pole 00 0211 20<br />

Bridging contact EB 2 – 5 for control clamps "x“ and "y“ 00 0223 56<br />

9. <strong>Technical</strong> data<br />

Power supply unit UPS 60 Order No. 77 3400 10<br />

Input<br />

Nominal input voltage 115 – 230 V AC<br />

Input voltage range 90 – 264 V AC<br />

Input frequency 47 – 63 Hz<br />

Input current 5.5 A at 115 V AC / 3 A at 230 V AC<br />

Start-up current surge 22 A at 115 V AC / 44 A at 230 V AC, typical<br />

Power factor 0.95 at 230 V AC / 0.98 at 115 V AC for full load<br />

Efficiency 88%, typical<br />

Output<br />

Nominal output current 12.5 A DC<br />

Output voltage 24 V DC +/- 2%<br />

Output voltage in battery mode 26.5 – 19.5 V DC, typical<br />

Calculated output power 288 W<br />

Rippling of nominal output current < 100 mVeff<br />

Battery capacity to be connected 24 Ah<br />

Charge current 3.0 A, typical<br />

Bridging time at nominal current approx. 1 hour<br />

Overload protection < 14 A<br />

Overvoltage protection, power supply unit 26.7 – 32.4 V DC<br />

Overtemperature protection 75 °C +/- 5°C (power diode)<br />

output voltage switched off, automatic re-engaging<br />

Battery voltage thresholds<br />

Switching threshold for UPS mode Ua < 22.5 V, typical<br />

Switching threshold for warning before battery<br />

shut-down<br />

21.5 V, typical<br />

Switching threshold for total discharge<br />

protection<br />

19.5 V, typical<br />

EMC CE-certified EN 55022 Class B; ENV 50204<br />

EN 61000-3-2, -3; EN 61000-4-2, -3, -4, -5, -6, -8, -11<br />

Safety EN 60950<br />

Output Safety low voltage, SELV<br />

Test voltage PRI – SEC 3 kV<br />

Protection class I<br />

Ingress Protection<br />

Fuses<br />

IP 20<br />

Charging fuse, internal (5 x 20) T 4.0 A<br />

Mains fusing, front plate (5 x 20) T 5.0 A<br />

Output fusing, bottom of unit<br />

General<br />

15 A FKS<br />

Cooling convection, free air flow<br />

Permissible ambient temperature 0 ... +50 °C<br />

Storage temperature -25 ... + 60 °C<br />

MTBF 100,000 hours<br />

Weight approx. 4 kg<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD) 244 x 325 x 178 mm<br />

Mounting Wall mounting<br />

Connecting clamps Screw / cage clamp plug-in connections<br />

English - 6 © <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 81, Rev. 2.1 (05/2008)<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 149


Battery Set for UPS 60, Order No. 77 3450 00<br />

The battery set for UPS 60 are rechargeable batteries (= accumulators) that build an uninterrupted<br />

power supply (UPS) in combination with the power supply unit UPS 60, order no. 77 3400 10.<br />

If the mains input voltage fails or when it drops to less than 90 VAC, the two lead-gel batteries will<br />

continue to supply the users connected to the power supply unit UPS 60 without any interruption.<br />

Safety instructions<br />

1. Mounting<br />

• The battery set may only be used together with the power supply unit UPS 60, order<br />

no. 77 3400 10. The safety instructions delivered with this power supply unit have to<br />

be observed as well.<br />

• The power supply unit UPS should only be installed and commissioned by qualified<br />

specialists.<br />

• Before effecting any work at or with the power supply unit UPS, it must be isolated<br />

from any input voltage and the battery fuse (located between the batteries) has to be<br />

removed.<br />

• Always watch for the safe isolation of AC and DC circuits!<br />

• Observe the general safety instructions for the handling of batteries! Sufficient<br />

ventilation must be provided to preclude the development of an explosive hydrogenair<br />

mixture!<br />

• If the battery set for UPS 60 will not be used for a longer time, first the batteries have<br />

to be fully charged. After that the batteries must be disconnected from the mains<br />

supply. This can be done by disconnecting the battery connection cable from the<br />

power supply unit UPS 60 (see chapter 2.). Alternatively the battery fuse can be<br />

removed.<br />

The battery set for UPS 60 is designed for wall mounting. Bore holes are prepared at the housing for<br />

fixing the unit at the wall – preferably under the power supply unit - using the enclosed mounting<br />

material. A dimensional drawing is shown on the next page.<br />

Before mounting, check the condition of the wall itself.<br />

The battery set for UPS 60 weighs approx. 25.2 kg.<br />

The unit must be mounted such that the venting ports are at the top and bottom.<br />

The selected location must ensure sufficient air circulation above and below the unit. Therefore, check<br />

for minimum distance of 50 mm to walls, ceiling and other equipment. The venting ports must not be<br />

covered up. Insufficient air circulation may lead to damage to the power supply unit.<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 82, Rev. 2.1 (05/2008) English - 1<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 150


Battery Set for UPS 60, Order No. 77 3450 00<br />

Dimensional drawing:<br />

2. Connection<br />

The connection terminals are provided as cage srew/plug-in clamps.<br />

1. Release 6 fastening screws for the cover and remove the cover to the front.<br />

Now, the terminal connection clamps are accessible.<br />

2. Direct the connection cable through the cable duct into the power supply unit and connect to the<br />

appropriate terminal posts as designated in the power supply unit.<br />

CAUTION! Check for the correct connection, orientation and screwing.<br />

3. Secure the connection cable against being pulled from the housing for example by fixing the<br />

installation cable with the screwed cable gland.<br />

2.1 Battery test<br />

The power supply unit features an automatic battery load test. The battery load test is an effective<br />

instrument for checking the true battery state. A negative result, i.e. a warning message is issued, may<br />

be caused by one or more of the following:<br />

• Charge status too low.<br />

• Battery fuse has failed.<br />

• Battery not correctly connected.<br />

• Battery is defective.<br />

• Battery is too old, and must be replaced.<br />

English - 2 © <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 82, Rev. 2.1 (05/2008)<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 151


3. Service<br />

Battery Set for UPS 60, Order No. 77 3450 00<br />

To ensure the safe function of the system, batteries should be replaced every 3 years - depending on<br />

the ambient temperature (Refer to diagram 1, Item 4). After 3 – 5 years, the battery capacity has<br />

dropped to approx. 60%.<br />

4. Battery service life<br />

The battery set UPS 60 comes with sealed, service-free and rechargeable lead-gel batteries VRLA.<br />

According to the EUROBAT classification, these batteries have a useful service life of 5 – 7 years.<br />

This time, however, strongly depends on the relevant ambient temperature. (Up to 20 °C: 7 – 8 years<br />

as shown in diagram 1)<br />

If the system will not be used for an extended period of time, the batteries should be fully charged to<br />

prevent a total discharge. (Refer to item 5 "Storage") While the system is not used, the battery fuse<br />

(located between the two batteries) has to be removed to prevent total discharge. After the charging<br />

process has been completed, the battery set for UPS 60 has to be disconnected from the power<br />

supply unit UPS 60 by disconnecting the battery connection cable (see chapter 2.) or by removing the<br />

battery fuse.<br />

Battery service life (years)<br />

Temperature<br />

Diagram 1: Battery service life in relation to ambient temperature<br />

4.1 Battery change<br />

Pb<br />

Lead-gel batteries contain harmful toxic substances. Observe valid safety directives when<br />

during handling and transport. For disposal, comply with local directives.<br />

Batteries bear the risk of excessive short-circuit currents. Never create any direct contact<br />

between the battery posts and or other conductive component parts. Therefore remove any<br />

wristband, watch, finger rings or other metal objects when working at the open unit. Always<br />

use tools with standard isolating handles.<br />

Batteries may be replaced only by the same type of battery (2 x 12 V; 24 Ah). We recommend the use<br />

of the battery type BAT 12-24, <strong>Tunstall</strong> Order No. 00 0648 87. The use of other makes may create<br />

problems due to different connecting terminals or differing dimensions.<br />

1. Shut off mains supply to the power supply unit UPS !!!<br />

2. Release the 6 fastening screws for the cover and remove the cover to the front.<br />

3. Confirm the position of the old batteries and after their removal, install the new batteries<br />

in the same manner.<br />

4. Make sure, the new batteries are in the same position and check for the correct battery<br />

contacts. False connections may damage the power supply unit UPS !<br />

5. Put the rubber grommets back on the connection screws.<br />

6. Fix the battery position by securing it with the Velcro tape.<br />

© <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 82, Rev. 2.1 (05/2008) English - 3<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 152


Battery Set for UPS 60, Order No. 77 3450 00<br />

5. Storage<br />

7. Replace and close the housing.<br />

8. Perform a functional check of the power supply UPS!<br />

If the battery set for UPS 60 will not be used for an extended period of time, the batteries must first be<br />

fully recharged by the power supply unit UPS to preclude battery damage due to total discharging.<br />

(Refer to item 4 Battery service life).<br />

• For the charging process, the power supply unit UPS shall be connected to the mains supply for at<br />

least 4 hours, and the UPS function shall be activated by placing the bridging contact between "x“<br />

and "y“.<br />

• While the system is not used, the battery fuse (located between the two batteries) has to be<br />

removed to prevent total discharge.<br />

6. Spare parts<br />

Spare part Order No.<br />

Rechargeable lead-gel battery, Type BAT 12-24 (2 batteries required) 00 0648 87<br />

Battery fuse, internal 20 A FKS 00 0132 03<br />

Clamp for battery connection, 2 pole 00 0211 20<br />

7. <strong>Technical</strong> data<br />

Battery Set for UPS 60 Order No. 77 3450 00<br />

Input<br />

Nominal input voltage 24 V DC<br />

Output<br />

Nominal output current 12.5 A DC<br />

Battery capacity 24 Ah<br />

Safety EN 60950<br />

Output Safety low voltage, SELV<br />

Protection class III<br />

Ingress Protection IP 20<br />

Fuses<br />

Battery fuse, internal 20 A FKS<br />

General<br />

Cooling convection, free air flow<br />

Permissible ambient temperature 0 ... +50 °C<br />

Storage temperature -20 ... + 50 °C<br />

Weight approx. 25.2 kg<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD) 244 x 450 x 178 mm<br />

Mounting Wall mounting<br />

Connecting clamps Screw / plug-in connections<br />

English - 4 © <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Orkotten 66, 48291 Telgte, Germany, www.tunstall.de, 00 8802 82, Rev. 2.1 (05/2008)<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 153


CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 154<br />

12. Product leaflets


13. Programming tables, checklist<br />

Programming table, Terminal Configuration<br />

Programming table, Terminal Configuration - Example<br />

Programming table, Group Coupling<br />

Programming table, Group Coupling - Example<br />

Checklist for commissioning a CONCENTO PLUS nurse call system<br />

CONCENTO PLUS - <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>, 11/12 (Rev. 3.0), 00 8814 14<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> Page 155


Programming table, terminal configuration<br />

Project:<br />

Page of<br />

Cons. no.<br />

Only ONE device type per cons. number<br />

Management<br />

Interface<br />

GE<br />

SD6P<br />

S4P<br />

S4B<br />

Display module<br />

RAB<br />

Room no. GB WB 8 16 yes no<br />

Enter only<br />

the last 7<br />

characters PGR LGR<br />

Corridor display<br />

CONCENTO<br />

PLUS device<br />

Device ID<br />

RNO Alias (max. 25 characters)<br />

Alias for corridor<br />

display,8-digit<br />

Enter<br />

max. 4<br />

charact.<br />

Alias for corridor<br />

display, 16-digit<br />

Enter max. 9<br />

characters<br />

GE = Group Electronic, order no. 19070010 PGR = Physical group number, 2 digits GB = User on Group Bus<br />

SD6P / S4P / S4B = Terminals, order no. 190700X0 LGR = Logical group number, 3 digits WB = User on Ward Bus<br />

RAB = Call/presence combination bus, order no. 19070100 RNO = Room number, 4 digits<br />

Floor


Programming table, terminal configuration<br />

Project:<br />

Page 1 of 1<br />

Cons. no.<br />

Example<br />

Only ONE device type per cons. number<br />

Management<br />

Interface<br />

GE<br />

SD6P<br />

S4P<br />

S4B<br />

Display module<br />

RAB<br />

Room no. GB WB 8 16 yes no characters PGR LGR<br />

Corridor display<br />

CONCENTO<br />

PLUS device<br />

Device ID<br />

Enter only<br />

the last 7<br />

RNO Alias (max. 25 characters)<br />

Alias for corridor<br />

display,8-digit<br />

Enter<br />

max. 4<br />

charact.<br />

Alias for corridor<br />

display, 16-digit<br />

Enter max. 9<br />

characters<br />

1 Tech. room 0001001 09 009 9990 Management Interface MI MI BL<br />

2 Tech. room 0000000 66 066 6666 Fire Alarm Interface FAI FAI BL<br />

3 DIS 0010001 01 000 1000 GE GF GF<br />

4 100 0020001 01 001 0100 Staff room GF SRGF SR GR GF<br />

5 101 0040001 01 001 0101 Pflegezimmer 01 R01 Room 01 GF<br />

6 102 0040002 01 001 0102 Pflegezimmer 02 R02 Room 02 GF<br />

7 113 0040003 01 001 0113 Handicapped WC GF H-WC H-WC GF GF<br />

8 114 0040004 01 001 0114 Nursing bath GF NB1 NBath GF GF<br />

9 125 0040005 01 001 0125 Lounge GF L GF Lou. GF GF<br />

10 Corridor 0000000 01 001 0190 Corridor display GF GF<br />

11 DIS 0010002 02 000 2000 GE 1st floor 1st F<br />

12 200 0020002 02 002 0200 Staff room 1st floor SR DZ 1.OG 1st F<br />

13 201 0020003 02 002 0201 Nursing room 11 R11 Room 11 1st F<br />

14 202 0020004 02 002 0202 Nursing room 12 R12 Room 12 1st F<br />

15 213 0040006 02 002 0213 Handicapped WC 1st F H-WC H-WC 1st 1st F<br />

16 214 0040007 02 002 0214 Nursing bath 1st F NB2 NBath 1st 1st F<br />

17 230 0040008 02 002 0230 Communal kitchen 1st F Kit Kitchen 1st F<br />

18 Corridor 0000000 02 002 0290 Corridor display 1st F 1st F<br />

19<br />

20<br />

GE = Group Electronic, order no. 19070010 PGR = Physical group number, 2 digits GB = User on Group Bus<br />

SD6P / S4P / S4B = Terminals, order no. 190700X0 LGR = Logical group number, 3 digits WB = User on Ward Bus<br />

RAB = Call/presence combination bus, order no. 19070100 RNO = Room number, 4 digits<br />

Floor


Programming table, group coupling<br />

Project:<br />

Automatic time-controlled group coupling, Shift 1 - 9<br />

<strong>Manual</strong> group coupling Shift 1 - 9 via one Terminal SD6P, room type "staff room + HAB"<br />

Shift Day<br />

1 Mon - Fri<br />

2 Mon - Fri<br />

3 Mon - Fri<br />

4 Sat<br />

5 Sat<br />

6 Sat<br />

7 Sun<br />

8 Sun<br />

9 Sun<br />

Period (autom. shift<br />

operation) Coupling of logical groups<br />

Alias<br />

(max. 12 characters) Start time End time Separate groups Coupled groups<br />

Note: If no shifts have been entered for Saturday or Sunday, the information for Monday to Friday applies automatically to this period.<br />

Correct time changeovers, particularly from Friday to Saturday, Saturday to Sunday and Sunday to Monday, must be observed.


Programming table, group coupling<br />

Project: Example<br />

Automatic time-controlled group coupling, Shift 1 - 9<br />

<strong>Manual</strong> group coupling Shift 1 - 9 via one Terminal SD6P, room type "staff room + HAB"<br />

Shift Day<br />

Period (autom. shift<br />

operation) Coupling of logical groups<br />

Alias<br />

(max. 12 characters) Start time End time Separate groups Coupled groups<br />

1 Mon - Fri Early 6:00 14:00 001, 002, 003, 004<br />

2 Mon - Fri Late 14:00 22:00 001+002, 003+004<br />

3 Mon - Fri Night 22:00 6:00 001+002+003+004 (All conntected)<br />

4 Sat Early 6:00 14:00 001, 002 003+004<br />

5 Sat Late 14:00 20:00 001+002, 003+004<br />

6 Sat Night 20:00 6:00 001+002+003+004 (All conntected)<br />

7 Sun Sunday 6:00 Mon 06:00 001+002+003+004 (All conntected)<br />

8 Sun<br />

9 Sun<br />

Note: If no shifts have been entered for Saturday or Sunday, the information for Monday to Friday applies automatically to this period.<br />

Correct time changeovers, particularly from Friday to Saturday, Saturday to Sunday and Sunday to Monday, must be observed.


Checklist for commissioning a CONCENTO PLUS nurse call system<br />

This checklist contains all activities that must be performed before a CONCENTO PLUS nurse call system is<br />

commissioned. Use the checklist as a guideline for installation.<br />

If initial start-up assistance / commissioning support by the manufacturer has been requested, the checklist must<br />

have been returned completed. Send the fully completed checklist signed to: Service Centre, <strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong>, Mrs.<br />

Wera Westfechtel, phone: +49 (0) 2504 701 - 177, Fax: +49 (0) 2504 701 - 199, e-mail: wwestfechtel@tunstall.de<br />

If the activities in the checklist have not been done in full or have not been done in accordance with the agreements<br />

with the manufacturer, we reserve the right not to become involved in your installation, to abort the service job and to<br />

cancel the agreed appointment and invoice you for the costs incurred.<br />

Task Please complete:<br />

1 The nurse call system fitters have been trained:<br />

1a The fitters are trained as nurse call system experts. Done:<br />

1b The fitters have passed a CONCENTO PLUS system training course. Done:<br />

2 The <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> for the CONCENTO PLUS system (order no. 00881414)<br />

was available to the fitters and was observed during installation.<br />

3 The cable network was prepared in accordance with the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong><br />

and the valid regulations.<br />

4 The fully prepared cable network was inspected:<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong> · Orkotten 66 · 48291 Telgte Germany, www.tunstall.de · 08.11.2012<br />

Yes:<br />

Done:<br />

4a Group bus: Line check data, speech, power supply Done:<br />

4b Ward bus: Line check data, speech, power supply Done:<br />

4c Voltage supply: Line check, polarity Done:<br />

5 The functional ground has been connected as per the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>. Done:<br />

6 All devices have been installed and connected in accordance with the<br />

product leaflet and the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Done:<br />

7a Is the ConLog PLUS Management Software used? Yes:<br />

No:<br />

7b If yes: The PC is completely assembled. The ConLog PLUS Management<br />

Software has been installed. The PC has been connected to the<br />

management interface in accordance with the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

8 The following have been tested for all rooms: Notification of presence, all call<br />

devices, call cancellation (call in the room, call in the WC), indication on the<br />

room lamp (see “Checking the light call function of each room” in the<br />

<strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Done:<br />

Done:<br />

9 Should external devices / systems be connected to the nurse call system? Yes:<br />

No:<br />

10a If yes: The following devices / systems have been connected and set up in<br />

accordance with the requirements of the <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>:<br />

10b Separate Terminals, RABs or the Group Electronic have been used for<br />

connecting the external devices / systems.<br />

11 All forms required for commissioning support have been completed in full and<br />

sent back to the service centre: Programming tables, shift table/group coupling.<br />

Place, date<br />

Checklist completed by:<br />

Position in the company:<br />

Yes:<br />

No:<br />

Done:


Find all you want to know about the CONCENTOPLUS system:<br />

CONCENTOPLUS Data Sheet Catalogue<br />

CONCENTOPLUS System Description<br />

Order No. 00 8814 15<br />

CONCENTOPLUS <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong><br />

Order No. 00 8814 14<br />

CONCENTOPLUS Operating Instructions<br />

Order No. 00 8814 16<br />

The documents are ready for downloading from the homepage:<br />

www.tunstall.de<br />

QUALITY<br />

MANAGEMENT<br />

SYSTEM<br />

DQS certified to<br />

DIN EN ISO 9001<br />

Reg. no. 56386<br />

Reg. no. 56386<br />

<strong>Tunstall</strong> <strong>GmbH</strong><br />

Orkotten 66<br />

48291 Telgte<br />

Germany<br />

Tel. No.: +49 (0)2 50 47 01-0<br />

Fax: +49 (0)2 50 47 01-499<br />

E-Mail: info@tunstall.de<br />

www.tunstall.de<br />

CONCENTO PLUS <strong>Technical</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> 00 8814 14

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!